LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/optimizer/plan - planner.c (source / functions) Hit Total Coverage
Test: PostgreSQL 19devel Lines: 2447 2521 97.1 %
Date: 2026-02-10 17:17:28 Functions: 63 63 100.0 %
Legend: Lines: hit not hit

          Line data    Source code
       1             : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
       2             :  *
       3             :  * planner.c
       4             :  *    The query optimizer external interface.
       5             :  *
       6             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
       7             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
       8             :  *
       9             :  *
      10             :  * IDENTIFICATION
      11             :  *    src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
      12             :  *
      13             :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
      14             :  */
      15             : 
      16             : #include "postgres.h"
      17             : 
      18             : #include <limits.h>
      19             : #include <math.h>
      20             : 
      21             : #include "access/genam.h"
      22             : #include "access/parallel.h"
      23             : #include "access/sysattr.h"
      24             : #include "access/table.h"
      25             : #include "catalog/pg_aggregate.h"
      26             : #include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
      27             : #include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
      28             : #include "catalog/pg_type.h"
      29             : #include "executor/executor.h"
      30             : #include "foreign/fdwapi.h"
      31             : #include "jit/jit.h"
      32             : #include "lib/bipartite_match.h"
      33             : #include "lib/knapsack.h"
      34             : #include "miscadmin.h"
      35             : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
      36             : #include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
      37             : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
      38             : #include "nodes/print.h"
      39             : #endif
      40             : #include "nodes/supportnodes.h"
      41             : #include "optimizer/appendinfo.h"
      42             : #include "optimizer/clauses.h"
      43             : #include "optimizer/cost.h"
      44             : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
      45             : #include "optimizer/paramassign.h"
      46             : #include "optimizer/pathnode.h"
      47             : #include "optimizer/paths.h"
      48             : #include "optimizer/plancat.h"
      49             : #include "optimizer/planmain.h"
      50             : #include "optimizer/planner.h"
      51             : #include "optimizer/prep.h"
      52             : #include "optimizer/subselect.h"
      53             : #include "optimizer/tlist.h"
      54             : #include "parser/analyze.h"
      55             : #include "parser/parse_agg.h"
      56             : #include "parser/parse_clause.h"
      57             : #include "parser/parse_relation.h"
      58             : #include "parser/parsetree.h"
      59             : #include "partitioning/partdesc.h"
      60             : #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
      61             : #include "utils/acl.h"
      62             : #include "utils/backend_status.h"
      63             : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
      64             : #include "utils/rel.h"
      65             : #include "utils/selfuncs.h"
      66             : 
      67             : /* GUC parameters */
      68             : double      cursor_tuple_fraction = DEFAULT_CURSOR_TUPLE_FRACTION;
      69             : int         debug_parallel_query = DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF;
      70             : bool        parallel_leader_participation = true;
      71             : bool        enable_distinct_reordering = true;
      72             : 
      73             : /* Hook for plugins to get control in planner() */
      74             : planner_hook_type planner_hook = NULL;
      75             : 
      76             : /* Hook for plugins to get control after PlannerGlobal is initialized */
      77             : planner_setup_hook_type planner_setup_hook = NULL;
      78             : 
      79             : /* Hook for plugins to get control before PlannerGlobal is discarded */
      80             : planner_shutdown_hook_type planner_shutdown_hook = NULL;
      81             : 
      82             : /* Hook for plugins to get control when grouping_planner() plans upper rels */
      83             : create_upper_paths_hook_type create_upper_paths_hook = NULL;
      84             : 
      85             : 
      86             : /* Expression kind codes for preprocess_expression */
      87             : #define EXPRKIND_QUAL               0
      88             : #define EXPRKIND_TARGET             1
      89             : #define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC             2
      90             : #define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL     3
      91             : #define EXPRKIND_VALUES             4
      92             : #define EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL     5
      93             : #define EXPRKIND_LIMIT              6
      94             : #define EXPRKIND_APPINFO            7
      95             : #define EXPRKIND_PHV                8
      96             : #define EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE        9
      97             : #define EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM       10
      98             : #define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC          11
      99             : #define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL  12
     100             : #define EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR          13
     101             : 
     102             : /*
     103             :  * Data specific to grouping sets
     104             :  */
     105             : typedef struct
     106             : {
     107             :     List       *rollups;
     108             :     List       *hash_sets_idx;
     109             :     double      dNumHashGroups;
     110             :     bool        any_hashable;
     111             :     Bitmapset  *unsortable_refs;
     112             :     Bitmapset  *unhashable_refs;
     113             :     List       *unsortable_sets;
     114             :     int        *tleref_to_colnum_map;
     115             : } grouping_sets_data;
     116             : 
     117             : /*
     118             :  * Temporary structure for use during WindowClause reordering in order to be
     119             :  * able to sort WindowClauses on partitioning/ordering prefix.
     120             :  */
     121             : typedef struct
     122             : {
     123             :     WindowClause *wc;
     124             :     List       *uniqueOrder;    /* A List of unique ordering/partitioning
     125             :                                  * clauses per Window */
     126             : } WindowClauseSortData;
     127             : 
     128             : /* Passthrough data for standard_qp_callback */
     129             : typedef struct
     130             : {
     131             :     List       *activeWindows;  /* active windows, if any */
     132             :     grouping_sets_data *gset_data;  /* grouping sets data, if any */
     133             :     SetOperationStmt *setop;    /* parent set operation or NULL if not a
     134             :                                  * subquery belonging to a set operation */
     135             : } standard_qp_extra;
     136             : 
     137             : /* Local functions */
     138             : static Node *preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind);
     139             : static void preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode);
     140             : static void grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
     141             :                              SetOperationStmt *setops);
     142             : static grouping_sets_data *preprocess_grouping_sets(PlannerInfo *root);
     143             : static List *remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause, List *gsets,
     144             :                                       int *tleref_to_colnum_map);
     145             : static void preprocess_rowmarks(PlannerInfo *root);
     146             : static double preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root,
     147             :                                double tuple_fraction,
     148             :                                int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est);
     149             : static List *preprocess_groupclause(PlannerInfo *root, List *force);
     150             : static List *extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets);
     151             : static List *reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause);
     152             : static void standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra);
     153             : static double get_number_of_groups(PlannerInfo *root,
     154             :                                    double path_rows,
     155             :                                    grouping_sets_data *gd,
     156             :                                    List *target_list);
     157             : static RelOptInfo *create_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     158             :                                          RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     159             :                                          PathTarget *target,
     160             :                                          bool target_parallel_safe,
     161             :                                          grouping_sets_data *gd);
     162             : static bool is_degenerate_grouping(PlannerInfo *root);
     163             : static void create_degenerate_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     164             :                                              RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     165             :                                              RelOptInfo *grouped_rel);
     166             : static RelOptInfo *make_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     167             :                                      PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
     168             :                                      Node *havingQual);
     169             : static void create_ordinary_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     170             :                                            RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     171             :                                            RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     172             :                                            const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     173             :                                            grouping_sets_data *gd,
     174             :                                            GroupPathExtraData *extra,
     175             :                                            RelOptInfo **partially_grouped_rel_p);
     176             : static void consider_groupingsets_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     177             :                                         RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     178             :                                         Path *path,
     179             :                                         bool is_sorted,
     180             :                                         bool can_hash,
     181             :                                         grouping_sets_data *gd,
     182             :                                         const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     183             :                                         double dNumGroups);
     184             : static RelOptInfo *create_window_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     185             :                                        RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     186             :                                        PathTarget *input_target,
     187             :                                        PathTarget *output_target,
     188             :                                        bool output_target_parallel_safe,
     189             :                                        WindowFuncLists *wflists,
     190             :                                        List *activeWindows);
     191             : static void create_one_window_path(PlannerInfo *root,
     192             :                                    RelOptInfo *window_rel,
     193             :                                    Path *path,
     194             :                                    PathTarget *input_target,
     195             :                                    PathTarget *output_target,
     196             :                                    WindowFuncLists *wflists,
     197             :                                    List *activeWindows);
     198             : static RelOptInfo *create_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     199             :                                          RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     200             :                                          PathTarget *target);
     201             : static void create_partial_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     202             :                                           RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     203             :                                           RelOptInfo *final_distinct_rel,
     204             :                                           PathTarget *target);
     205             : static RelOptInfo *create_final_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     206             :                                                RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     207             :                                                RelOptInfo *distinct_rel);
     208             : static List *get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(PlannerInfo *root,
     209             :                                               List *needed_pathkeys,
     210             :                                               List *path_pathkeys);
     211             : static RelOptInfo *create_ordered_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     212             :                                         RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     213             :                                         PathTarget *target,
     214             :                                         bool target_parallel_safe,
     215             :                                         double limit_tuples);
     216             : static PathTarget *make_group_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     217             :                                            PathTarget *final_target);
     218             : static PathTarget *make_partial_grouping_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     219             :                                                 PathTarget *grouping_target,
     220             :                                                 Node *havingQual);
     221             : static List *postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist);
     222             : static void optimize_window_clauses(PlannerInfo *root,
     223             :                                     WindowFuncLists *wflists);
     224             : static List *select_active_windows(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists);
     225             : static void name_active_windows(List *activeWindows);
     226             : static PathTarget *make_window_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     227             :                                             PathTarget *final_target,
     228             :                                             List *activeWindows);
     229             : static List *make_pathkeys_for_window(PlannerInfo *root, WindowClause *wc,
     230             :                                       List *tlist);
     231             : static PathTarget *make_sort_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     232             :                                           PathTarget *final_target,
     233             :                                           bool *have_postponed_srfs);
     234             : static void adjust_paths_for_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     235             :                                   List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs);
     236             : static void add_paths_to_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     237             :                                       RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     238             :                                       RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
     239             :                                       const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     240             :                                       grouping_sets_data *gd,
     241             :                                       GroupPathExtraData *extra);
     242             : static RelOptInfo *create_partial_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     243             :                                                  RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     244             :                                                  RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     245             :                                                  grouping_sets_data *gd,
     246             :                                                  GroupPathExtraData *extra,
     247             :                                                  bool force_rel_creation);
     248             : static Path *make_ordered_path(PlannerInfo *root,
     249             :                                RelOptInfo *rel,
     250             :                                Path *path,
     251             :                                Path *cheapest_path,
     252             :                                List *pathkeys,
     253             :                                double limit_tuples);
     254             : static void gather_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
     255             : static bool can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root);
     256             : static void apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     257             :                                            RelOptInfo *rel,
     258             :                                            List *scanjoin_targets,
     259             :                                            List *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
     260             :                                            bool scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
     261             :                                            bool tlist_same_exprs);
     262             : static void create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     263             :                                                 RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     264             :                                                 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     265             :                                                 RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
     266             :                                                 const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     267             :                                                 grouping_sets_data *gd,
     268             :                                                 PartitionwiseAggregateType patype,
     269             :                                                 GroupPathExtraData *extra);
     270             : static bool group_by_has_partkey(RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     271             :                                  List *targetList,
     272             :                                  List *groupClause);
     273             : static int  common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
     274             : static List *generate_setop_child_grouplist(SetOperationStmt *op,
     275             :                                             List *targetlist);
     276             : static void create_final_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     277             :                                       List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
     278             :                                       SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel);
     279             : static void create_partial_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     280             :                                         List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
     281             :                                         SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel);
     282             : 
     283             : 
     284             : /*****************************************************************************
     285             :  *
     286             :  *     Query optimizer entry point
     287             :  *
     288             :  * Inputs:
     289             :  *  parse: an analyzed-and-rewritten query tree for an optimizable statement
     290             :  *  query_string: source text for the query tree (used for error reports)
     291             :  *  cursorOptions: bitmask of CURSOR_OPT_XXX flags, see parsenodes.h
     292             :  *  boundParams: passed-in parameter values, or NULL if none
     293             :  *  es: ExplainState if being called from EXPLAIN, else NULL
     294             :  *
     295             :  * The result is a PlannedStmt tree.
     296             :  *
     297             :  * PARAM_EXTERN Param nodes within the parse tree can be replaced by Consts
     298             :  * using values from boundParams, if those values are marked PARAM_FLAG_CONST.
     299             :  * Parameter values not so marked are still relied on for estimation purposes.
     300             :  *
     301             :  * The ExplainState pointer is not currently used by the core planner, but it
     302             :  * is passed through to some planner hooks so that they can report information
     303             :  * back to EXPLAIN extension hooks.
     304             :  *
     305             :  * To support loadable plugins that monitor or modify planner behavior,
     306             :  * we provide a hook variable that lets a plugin get control before and
     307             :  * after the standard planning process.  The plugin would normally call
     308             :  * standard_planner().
     309             :  *
     310             :  * Note to plugin authors: standard_planner() scribbles on its Query input,
     311             :  * so you'd better copy that data structure if you want to plan more than once.
     312             :  *
     313             :  *****************************************************************************/
     314             : PlannedStmt *
     315      470866 : planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
     316             :         ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
     317             : {
     318             :     PlannedStmt *result;
     319             : 
     320      470866 :     if (planner_hook)
     321       97266 :         result = (*planner_hook) (parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
     322             :                                   boundParams, es);
     323             :     else
     324      373600 :         result = standard_planner(parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
     325             :                                   boundParams, es);
     326             : 
     327      466018 :     pgstat_report_plan_id(result->planId, false);
     328             : 
     329      466018 :     return result;
     330             : }
     331             : 
     332             : PlannedStmt *
     333      470866 : standard_planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
     334             :                  ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
     335             : {
     336             :     PlannedStmt *result;
     337             :     PlannerGlobal *glob;
     338             :     double      tuple_fraction;
     339             :     PlannerInfo *root;
     340             :     RelOptInfo *final_rel;
     341             :     Path       *best_path;
     342             :     Plan       *top_plan;
     343             :     ListCell   *lp,
     344             :                *lr;
     345             : 
     346             :     /*
     347             :      * Set up global state for this planner invocation.  This data is needed
     348             :      * across all levels of sub-Query that might exist in the given command,
     349             :      * so we keep it in a separate struct that's linked to by each per-Query
     350             :      * PlannerInfo.
     351             :      */
     352      470866 :     glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
     353             : 
     354      470866 :     glob->boundParams = boundParams;
     355      470866 :     glob->subplans = NIL;
     356      470866 :     glob->subpaths = NIL;
     357      470866 :     glob->subroots = NIL;
     358      470866 :     glob->rewindPlanIDs = NULL;
     359      470866 :     glob->finalrtable = NIL;
     360      470866 :     glob->allRelids = NULL;
     361      470866 :     glob->prunableRelids = NULL;
     362      470866 :     glob->finalrteperminfos = NIL;
     363      470866 :     glob->finalrowmarks = NIL;
     364      470866 :     glob->resultRelations = NIL;
     365      470866 :     glob->appendRelations = NIL;
     366      470866 :     glob->partPruneInfos = NIL;
     367      470866 :     glob->relationOids = NIL;
     368      470866 :     glob->invalItems = NIL;
     369      470866 :     glob->paramExecTypes = NIL;
     370      470866 :     glob->lastPHId = 0;
     371      470866 :     glob->lastRowMarkId = 0;
     372      470866 :     glob->lastPlanNodeId = 0;
     373      470866 :     glob->transientPlan = false;
     374      470866 :     glob->dependsOnRole = false;
     375      470866 :     glob->partition_directory = NULL;
     376      470866 :     glob->rel_notnullatts_hash = NULL;
     377             : 
     378             :     /*
     379             :      * Assess whether it's feasible to use parallel mode for this query. We
     380             :      * can't do this in a standalone backend, or if the command will try to
     381             :      * modify any data, or if this is a cursor operation, or if GUCs are set
     382             :      * to values that don't permit parallelism, or if parallel-unsafe
     383             :      * functions are present in the query tree.
     384             :      *
     385             :      * (Note that we do allow CREATE TABLE AS, SELECT INTO, and CREATE
     386             :      * MATERIALIZED VIEW to use parallel plans, but this is safe only because
     387             :      * the command is writing into a completely new table which workers won't
     388             :      * be able to see.  If the workers could see the table, the fact that
     389             :      * group locking would cause them to ignore the leader's heavyweight GIN
     390             :      * page locks would make this unsafe.  We'll have to fix that somehow if
     391             :      * we want to allow parallel inserts in general; updates and deletes have
     392             :      * additional problems especially around combo CIDs.)
     393             :      *
     394             :      * For now, we don't try to use parallel mode if we're running inside a
     395             :      * parallel worker.  We might eventually be able to relax this
     396             :      * restriction, but for now it seems best not to have parallel workers
     397             :      * trying to create their own parallel workers.
     398             :      */
     399      470866 :     if ((cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK) != 0 &&
     400      442274 :         IsUnderPostmaster &&
     401      442274 :         parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT &&
     402      353320 :         !parse->hasModifyingCTE &&
     403      353176 :         max_parallel_workers_per_gather > 0 &&
     404      352542 :         !IsParallelWorker())
     405             :     {
     406             :         /* all the cheap tests pass, so scan the query tree */
     407      352494 :         glob->maxParallelHazard = max_parallel_hazard(parse);
     408      352494 :         glob->parallelModeOK = (glob->maxParallelHazard != PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE);
     409             :     }
     410             :     else
     411             :     {
     412             :         /* skip the query tree scan, just assume it's unsafe */
     413      118372 :         glob->maxParallelHazard = PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE;
     414      118372 :         glob->parallelModeOK = false;
     415             :     }
     416             : 
     417             :     /*
     418             :      * glob->parallelModeNeeded is normally set to false here and changed to
     419             :      * true during plan creation if a Gather or Gather Merge plan is actually
     420             :      * created (cf. create_gather_plan, create_gather_merge_plan).
     421             :      *
     422             :      * However, if debug_parallel_query = on or debug_parallel_query =
     423             :      * regress, then we impose parallel mode whenever it's safe to do so, even
     424             :      * if the final plan doesn't use parallelism.  It's not safe to do so if
     425             :      * the query contains anything parallel-unsafe; parallelModeOK will be
     426             :      * false in that case.  Note that parallelModeOK can't change after this
     427             :      * point. Otherwise, everything in the query is either parallel-safe or
     428             :      * parallel-restricted, and in either case it should be OK to impose
     429             :      * parallel-mode restrictions.  If that ends up breaking something, then
     430             :      * either some function the user included in the query is incorrectly
     431             :      * labeled as parallel-safe or parallel-restricted when in reality it's
     432             :      * parallel-unsafe, or else the query planner itself has a bug.
     433             :      */
     434      767112 :     glob->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeOK &&
     435      296246 :         (debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF);
     436             : 
     437             :     /* Determine what fraction of the plan is likely to be scanned */
     438      470866 :     if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_FAST_PLAN)
     439             :     {
     440             :         /*
     441             :          * We have no real idea how many tuples the user will ultimately FETCH
     442             :          * from a cursor, but it is often the case that he doesn't want 'em
     443             :          * all, or would prefer a fast-start plan anyway so that he can
     444             :          * process some of the tuples sooner.  Use a GUC parameter to decide
     445             :          * what fraction to optimize for.
     446             :          */
     447        4712 :         tuple_fraction = cursor_tuple_fraction;
     448             : 
     449             :         /*
     450             :          * We document cursor_tuple_fraction as simply being a fraction, which
     451             :          * means the edge cases 0 and 1 have to be treated specially here.  We
     452             :          * convert 1 to 0 ("all the tuples") and 0 to a very small fraction.
     453             :          */
     454        4712 :         if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
     455           0 :             tuple_fraction = 0.0;
     456        4712 :         else if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
     457           0 :             tuple_fraction = 1e-10;
     458             :     }
     459             :     else
     460             :     {
     461             :         /* Default assumption is we need all the tuples */
     462      466154 :         tuple_fraction = 0.0;
     463             :     }
     464             : 
     465             :     /*
     466             :      * Compute the initial path generation strategy mask.
     467             :      *
     468             :      * Some strategies, such as PGS_FOREIGNJOIN, have no corresponding enable_*
     469             :      * GUC, and so the corresponding bits are always set in the default
     470             :      * strategy mask.
     471             :      *
     472             :      * It may seem surprising that enable_indexscan sets both PGS_INDEXSCAN
     473             :      * and PGS_INDEXONLYSCAN. However, the historical behavior of this GUC
     474             :      * corresponds to this exactly: enable_indexscan=off disables both
     475             :      * index-scan and index-only scan paths, whereas enable_indexonlyscan=off
     476             :      * converts the index-only scan paths that we would have considered into
     477             :      * index scan paths.
     478             :      */
     479      470866 :     glob->default_pgs_mask = PGS_APPEND | PGS_MERGE_APPEND | PGS_FOREIGNJOIN |
     480             :         PGS_GATHER | PGS_CONSIDER_NONPARTIAL;
     481      470866 :     if (enable_tidscan)
     482      470866 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_TIDSCAN;
     483      470866 :     if (enable_seqscan)
     484      445688 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_SEQSCAN;
     485      470866 :     if (enable_indexscan)
     486      468188 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_INDEXSCAN | PGS_INDEXONLYSCAN;
     487      470866 :     if (enable_indexonlyscan)
     488      469208 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_CONSIDER_INDEXONLY;
     489      470866 :     if (enable_bitmapscan)
     490      459376 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_BITMAPSCAN;
     491      470866 :     if (enable_mergejoin)
     492             :     {
     493      468648 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_MERGEJOIN_PLAIN;
     494      468648 :         if (enable_material)
     495      468566 :             glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_MERGEJOIN_MATERIALIZE;
     496             :     }
     497      470866 :     if (enable_nestloop)
     498             :     {
     499      470470 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_NESTLOOP_PLAIN;
     500      470470 :         if (enable_material)
     501      470242 :             glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_NESTLOOP_MATERIALIZE;
     502      470470 :         if (enable_memoize)
     503      470338 :             glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_NESTLOOP_MEMOIZE;
     504             :     }
     505      470866 :     if (enable_hashjoin)
     506      468256 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_HASHJOIN;
     507      470866 :     if (enable_gathermerge)
     508      470866 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_GATHER_MERGE;
     509      470866 :     if (enable_partitionwise_join)
     510        2484 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_CONSIDER_PARTITIONWISE;
     511             : 
     512             :     /* Allow plugins to take control after we've initialized "glob" */
     513      470866 :     if (planner_setup_hook)
     514           0 :         (*planner_setup_hook) (glob, parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
     515             :                                &tuple_fraction, es);
     516             : 
     517             :     /* primary planning entry point (may recurse for subqueries) */
     518      470866 :     root = subquery_planner(glob, parse, NULL, NULL, false, tuple_fraction,
     519             :                             NULL);
     520             : 
     521             :     /* Select best Path and turn it into a Plan */
     522      466414 :     final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
     523      466414 :     best_path = get_cheapest_fractional_path(final_rel, tuple_fraction);
     524             : 
     525      466414 :     top_plan = create_plan(root, best_path);
     526             : 
     527             :     /*
     528             :      * If creating a plan for a scrollable cursor, make sure it can run
     529             :      * backwards on demand.  Add a Material node at the top at need.
     530             :      */
     531      466018 :     if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL)
     532             :     {
     533         266 :         if (!ExecSupportsBackwardScan(top_plan))
     534          32 :             top_plan = materialize_finished_plan(top_plan);
     535             :     }
     536             : 
     537             :     /*
     538             :      * Optionally add a Gather node for testing purposes, provided this is
     539             :      * actually a safe thing to do.
     540             :      *
     541             :      * We can add Gather even when top_plan has parallel-safe initPlans, but
     542             :      * then we have to move the initPlans to the Gather node because of
     543             :      * SS_finalize_plan's limitations.  That would cause cosmetic breakage of
     544             :      * regression tests when debug_parallel_query = regress, because initPlans
     545             :      * that would normally appear on the top_plan move to the Gather, causing
     546             :      * them to disappear from EXPLAIN output.  That doesn't seem worth kluging
     547             :      * EXPLAIN to hide, so skip it when debug_parallel_query = regress.
     548             :      */
     549      466018 :     if (debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF &&
     550         194 :         top_plan->parallel_safe &&
     551         128 :         (top_plan->initPlan == NIL ||
     552           0 :          debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_REGRESS))
     553             :     {
     554         128 :         Gather     *gather = makeNode(Gather);
     555             :         Cost        initplan_cost;
     556             :         bool        unsafe_initplans;
     557             : 
     558         128 :         gather->plan.targetlist = top_plan->targetlist;
     559         128 :         gather->plan.qual = NIL;
     560         128 :         gather->plan.lefttree = top_plan;
     561         128 :         gather->plan.righttree = NULL;
     562         128 :         gather->num_workers = 1;
     563         128 :         gather->single_copy = true;
     564         128 :         gather->invisible = (debug_parallel_query == DEBUG_PARALLEL_REGRESS);
     565             : 
     566             :         /* Transfer any initPlans to the new top node */
     567         128 :         gather->plan.initPlan = top_plan->initPlan;
     568         128 :         top_plan->initPlan = NIL;
     569             : 
     570             :         /*
     571             :          * Since this Gather has no parallel-aware descendants to signal to,
     572             :          * we don't need a rescan Param.
     573             :          */
     574         128 :         gather->rescan_param = -1;
     575             : 
     576             :         /*
     577             :          * Ideally we'd use cost_gather here, but setting up dummy path data
     578             :          * to satisfy it doesn't seem much cleaner than knowing what it does.
     579             :          */
     580         128 :         gather->plan.startup_cost = top_plan->startup_cost +
     581             :             parallel_setup_cost;
     582         128 :         gather->plan.total_cost = top_plan->total_cost +
     583         128 :             parallel_setup_cost + parallel_tuple_cost * top_plan->plan_rows;
     584         128 :         gather->plan.plan_rows = top_plan->plan_rows;
     585         128 :         gather->plan.plan_width = top_plan->plan_width;
     586         128 :         gather->plan.parallel_aware = false;
     587         128 :         gather->plan.parallel_safe = false;
     588             : 
     589             :         /*
     590             :          * Delete the initplans' cost from top_plan.  We needn't add it to the
     591             :          * Gather node, since the above coding already included it there.
     592             :          */
     593         128 :         SS_compute_initplan_cost(gather->plan.initPlan,
     594             :                                  &initplan_cost, &unsafe_initplans);
     595         128 :         top_plan->startup_cost -= initplan_cost;
     596         128 :         top_plan->total_cost -= initplan_cost;
     597             : 
     598             :         /* use parallel mode for parallel plans. */
     599         128 :         root->glob->parallelModeNeeded = true;
     600             : 
     601         128 :         top_plan = &gather->plan;
     602             :     }
     603             : 
     604             :     /*
     605             :      * If any Params were generated, run through the plan tree and compute
     606             :      * each plan node's extParam/allParam sets.  Ideally we'd merge this into
     607             :      * set_plan_references' tree traversal, but for now it has to be separate
     608             :      * because we need to visit subplans before not after main plan.
     609             :      */
     610      466018 :     if (glob->paramExecTypes != NIL)
     611             :     {
     612             :         Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
     613      211958 :         forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
     614             :         {
     615       44282 :             Plan       *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
     616       44282 :             PlannerInfo *subroot = lfirst_node(PlannerInfo, lr);
     617             : 
     618       44282 :             SS_finalize_plan(subroot, subplan);
     619             :         }
     620      167676 :         SS_finalize_plan(root, top_plan);
     621             :     }
     622             : 
     623             :     /* final cleanup of the plan */
     624             :     Assert(glob->finalrtable == NIL);
     625             :     Assert(glob->finalrteperminfos == NIL);
     626             :     Assert(glob->finalrowmarks == NIL);
     627             :     Assert(glob->resultRelations == NIL);
     628             :     Assert(glob->appendRelations == NIL);
     629      466018 :     top_plan = set_plan_references(root, top_plan);
     630             :     /* ... and the subplans (both regular subplans and initplans) */
     631             :     Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
     632      510300 :     forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
     633             :     {
     634       44282 :         Plan       *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
     635       44282 :         PlannerInfo *subroot = lfirst_node(PlannerInfo, lr);
     636             : 
     637       44282 :         lfirst(lp) = set_plan_references(subroot, subplan);
     638             :     }
     639             : 
     640             :     /* build the PlannedStmt result */
     641      466018 :     result = makeNode(PlannedStmt);
     642             : 
     643      466018 :     result->commandType = parse->commandType;
     644      466018 :     result->queryId = parse->queryId;
     645      466018 :     result->planOrigin = PLAN_STMT_STANDARD;
     646      466018 :     result->hasReturning = (parse->returningList != NIL);
     647      466018 :     result->hasModifyingCTE = parse->hasModifyingCTE;
     648      466018 :     result->canSetTag = parse->canSetTag;
     649      466018 :     result->transientPlan = glob->transientPlan;
     650      466018 :     result->dependsOnRole = glob->dependsOnRole;
     651      466018 :     result->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeNeeded;
     652      466018 :     result->planTree = top_plan;
     653      466018 :     result->partPruneInfos = glob->partPruneInfos;
     654      466018 :     result->rtable = glob->finalrtable;
     655      932036 :     result->unprunableRelids = bms_difference(glob->allRelids,
     656      466018 :                                               glob->prunableRelids);
     657      466018 :     result->permInfos = glob->finalrteperminfos;
     658      466018 :     result->resultRelations = glob->resultRelations;
     659      466018 :     result->appendRelations = glob->appendRelations;
     660      466018 :     result->subplans = glob->subplans;
     661      466018 :     result->rewindPlanIDs = glob->rewindPlanIDs;
     662      466018 :     result->rowMarks = glob->finalrowmarks;
     663      466018 :     result->relationOids = glob->relationOids;
     664      466018 :     result->invalItems = glob->invalItems;
     665      466018 :     result->paramExecTypes = glob->paramExecTypes;
     666             :     /* utilityStmt should be null, but we might as well copy it */
     667      466018 :     result->utilityStmt = parse->utilityStmt;
     668      466018 :     result->stmt_location = parse->stmt_location;
     669      466018 :     result->stmt_len = parse->stmt_len;
     670             : 
     671      466018 :     result->jitFlags = PGJIT_NONE;
     672      466018 :     if (jit_enabled && jit_above_cost >= 0 &&
     673      465236 :         top_plan->total_cost > jit_above_cost)
     674             :     {
     675         928 :         result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_PERFORM;
     676             : 
     677             :         /*
     678             :          * Decide how much effort should be put into generating better code.
     679             :          */
     680         928 :         if (jit_optimize_above_cost >= 0 &&
     681         928 :             top_plan->total_cost > jit_optimize_above_cost)
     682         368 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_OPT3;
     683         928 :         if (jit_inline_above_cost >= 0 &&
     684         928 :             top_plan->total_cost > jit_inline_above_cost)
     685         368 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_INLINE;
     686             : 
     687             :         /*
     688             :          * Decide which operations should be JITed.
     689             :          */
     690         928 :         if (jit_expressions)
     691         928 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_EXPR;
     692         928 :         if (jit_tuple_deforming)
     693         928 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_DEFORM;
     694             :     }
     695             : 
     696             :     /* Allow plugins to take control before we discard "glob" */
     697      466018 :     if (planner_shutdown_hook)
     698           0 :         (*planner_shutdown_hook) (glob, parse, query_string, result);
     699             : 
     700      466018 :     if (glob->partition_directory != NULL)
     701       12182 :         DestroyPartitionDirectory(glob->partition_directory);
     702             : 
     703      466018 :     return result;
     704             : }
     705             : 
     706             : 
     707             : /*--------------------
     708             :  * subquery_planner
     709             :  *    Invokes the planner on a subquery.  We recurse to here for each
     710             :  *    sub-SELECT found in the query tree.
     711             :  *
     712             :  * glob is the global state for the current planner run.
     713             :  * parse is the querytree produced by the parser & rewriter.
     714             :  * plan_name is the name to assign to this subplan (NULL at the top level).
     715             :  * parent_root is the immediate parent Query's info (NULL at the top level).
     716             :  * hasRecursion is true if this is a recursive WITH query.
     717             :  * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
     718             :  * tuple_fraction is interpreted as explained for grouping_planner, below.
     719             :  * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
     720             :  * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
     721             :  * set operation can be generated.  NULL when not planning a set operation
     722             :  * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
     723             :  *
     724             :  * Basically, this routine does the stuff that should only be done once
     725             :  * per Query object.  It then calls grouping_planner.  At one time,
     726             :  * grouping_planner could be invoked recursively on the same Query object;
     727             :  * that's not currently true, but we keep the separation between the two
     728             :  * routines anyway, in case we need it again someday.
     729             :  *
     730             :  * subquery_planner will be called recursively to handle sub-Query nodes
     731             :  * found within the query's expressions and rangetable.
     732             :  *
     733             :  * Returns the PlannerInfo struct ("root") that contains all data generated
     734             :  * while planning the subquery.  In particular, the Path(s) attached to
     735             :  * the (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel represent our conclusions about the
     736             :  * cheapest way(s) to implement the query.  The top level will select the
     737             :  * best Path and pass it through createplan.c to produce a finished Plan.
     738             :  *--------------------
     739             :  */
     740             : PlannerInfo *
     741      555154 : subquery_planner(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, char *plan_name,
     742             :                  PlannerInfo *parent_root, bool hasRecursion,
     743             :                  double tuple_fraction, SetOperationStmt *setops)
     744             : {
     745             :     PlannerInfo *root;
     746             :     List       *newWithCheckOptions;
     747             :     List       *newHaving;
     748             :     bool        hasOuterJoins;
     749             :     bool        hasResultRTEs;
     750             :     RelOptInfo *final_rel;
     751             :     ListCell   *l;
     752             : 
     753             :     /* Create a PlannerInfo data structure for this subquery */
     754      555154 :     root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
     755      555154 :     root->parse = parse;
     756      555154 :     root->glob = glob;
     757      555154 :     root->query_level = parent_root ? parent_root->query_level + 1 : 1;
     758      555154 :     root->plan_name = plan_name;
     759      555154 :     root->parent_root = parent_root;
     760      555154 :     root->plan_params = NIL;
     761      555154 :     root->outer_params = NULL;
     762      555154 :     root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
     763      555154 :     root->init_plans = NIL;
     764      555154 :     root->cte_plan_ids = NIL;
     765      555154 :     root->multiexpr_params = NIL;
     766      555154 :     root->join_domains = NIL;
     767      555154 :     root->eq_classes = NIL;
     768      555154 :     root->ec_merging_done = false;
     769      555154 :     root->last_rinfo_serial = 0;
     770      555154 :     root->all_result_relids =
     771      555154 :         parse->resultRelation ? bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation) : NULL;
     772      555154 :     root->leaf_result_relids = NULL; /* we'll find out leaf-ness later */
     773      555154 :     root->append_rel_list = NIL;
     774      555154 :     root->row_identity_vars = NIL;
     775      555154 :     root->rowMarks = NIL;
     776      555154 :     memset(root->upper_rels, 0, sizeof(root->upper_rels));
     777      555154 :     memset(root->upper_targets, 0, sizeof(root->upper_targets));
     778      555154 :     root->processed_groupClause = NIL;
     779      555154 :     root->processed_distinctClause = NIL;
     780      555154 :     root->processed_tlist = NIL;
     781      555154 :     root->update_colnos = NIL;
     782      555154 :     root->grouping_map = NULL;
     783      555154 :     root->minmax_aggs = NIL;
     784      555154 :     root->qual_security_level = 0;
     785      555154 :     root->hasPseudoConstantQuals = false;
     786      555154 :     root->hasAlternativeSubPlans = false;
     787      555154 :     root->placeholdersFrozen = false;
     788      555154 :     root->hasRecursion = hasRecursion;
     789      555154 :     root->assumeReplanning = false;
     790      555154 :     if (hasRecursion)
     791         938 :         root->wt_param_id = assign_special_exec_param(root);
     792             :     else
     793      554216 :         root->wt_param_id = -1;
     794      555154 :     root->non_recursive_path = NULL;
     795             : 
     796             :     /*
     797             :      * Create the top-level join domain.  This won't have valid contents until
     798             :      * deconstruct_jointree fills it in, but the node needs to exist before
     799             :      * that so we can build EquivalenceClasses referencing it.
     800             :      */
     801      555154 :     root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
     802             : 
     803             :     /*
     804             :      * If there is a WITH list, process each WITH query and either convert it
     805             :      * to RTE_SUBQUERY RTE(s) or build an initplan SubPlan structure for it.
     806             :      */
     807      555154 :     if (parse->cteList)
     808        3038 :         SS_process_ctes(root);
     809             : 
     810             :     /*
     811             :      * If it's a MERGE command, transform the joinlist as appropriate.
     812             :      */
     813      555148 :     transform_MERGE_to_join(parse);
     814             : 
     815             :     /*
     816             :      * Scan the rangetable for relation RTEs and retrieve the necessary
     817             :      * catalog information for each relation.  Using this information, clear
     818             :      * the inh flag for any relation that has no children, collect not-null
     819             :      * attribute numbers for any relation that has column not-null
     820             :      * constraints, and expand virtual generated columns for any relation that
     821             :      * contains them.  Note that this step does not descend into sublinks and
     822             :      * subqueries; if we pull up any sublinks or subqueries below, their
     823             :      * relation RTEs are processed just before pulling them up.
     824             :      */
     825      555148 :     parse = root->parse = preprocess_relation_rtes(root);
     826             : 
     827             :     /*
     828             :      * If the FROM clause is empty, replace it with a dummy RTE_RESULT RTE, so
     829             :      * that we don't need so many special cases to deal with that situation.
     830             :      */
     831      555148 :     replace_empty_jointree(parse);
     832             : 
     833             :     /*
     834             :      * Look for ANY and EXISTS SubLinks in WHERE and JOIN/ON clauses, and try
     835             :      * to transform them into joins.  Note that this step does not descend
     836             :      * into subqueries; if we pull up any subqueries below, their SubLinks are
     837             :      * processed just before pulling them up.
     838             :      */
     839      555148 :     if (parse->hasSubLinks)
     840       37228 :         pull_up_sublinks(root);
     841             : 
     842             :     /*
     843             :      * Scan the rangetable for function RTEs, do const-simplification on them,
     844             :      * and then inline them if possible (producing subqueries that might get
     845             :      * pulled up next).  Recursion issues here are handled in the same way as
     846             :      * for SubLinks.
     847             :      */
     848      555148 :     preprocess_function_rtes(root);
     849             : 
     850             :     /*
     851             :      * Check to see if any subqueries in the jointree can be merged into this
     852             :      * query.
     853             :      */
     854      555142 :     pull_up_subqueries(root);
     855             : 
     856             :     /*
     857             :      * If this is a simple UNION ALL query, flatten it into an appendrel. We
     858             :      * do this now because it requires applying pull_up_subqueries to the leaf
     859             :      * queries of the UNION ALL, which weren't touched above because they
     860             :      * weren't referenced by the jointree (they will be after we do this).
     861             :      */
     862      555136 :     if (parse->setOperations)
     863        7010 :         flatten_simple_union_all(root);
     864             : 
     865             :     /*
     866             :      * Survey the rangetable to see what kinds of entries are present.  We can
     867             :      * skip some later processing if relevant SQL features are not used; for
     868             :      * example if there are no JOIN RTEs we can avoid the expense of doing
     869             :      * flatten_join_alias_vars().  This must be done after we have finished
     870             :      * adding rangetable entries, of course.  (Note: actually, processing of
     871             :      * inherited or partitioned rels can cause RTEs for their child tables to
     872             :      * get added later; but those must all be RTE_RELATION entries, so they
     873             :      * don't invalidate the conclusions drawn here.)
     874             :      */
     875      555136 :     root->hasJoinRTEs = false;
     876      555136 :     root->hasLateralRTEs = false;
     877      555136 :     root->group_rtindex = 0;
     878      555136 :     hasOuterJoins = false;
     879      555136 :     hasResultRTEs = false;
     880     1516392 :     foreach(l, parse->rtable)
     881             :     {
     882      961256 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
     883             : 
     884      961256 :         switch (rte->rtekind)
     885             :         {
     886       97312 :             case RTE_JOIN:
     887       97312 :                 root->hasJoinRTEs = true;
     888       97312 :                 if (IS_OUTER_JOIN(rte->jointype))
     889       50564 :                     hasOuterJoins = true;
     890       97312 :                 break;
     891      211166 :             case RTE_RESULT:
     892      211166 :                 hasResultRTEs = true;
     893      211166 :                 break;
     894        5074 :             case RTE_GROUP:
     895             :                 Assert(parse->hasGroupRTE);
     896        5074 :                 root->group_rtindex = list_cell_number(parse->rtable, l) + 1;
     897        5074 :                 break;
     898      647704 :             default:
     899             :                 /* No work here for other RTE types */
     900      647704 :                 break;
     901             :         }
     902             : 
     903      961256 :         if (rte->lateral)
     904       11448 :             root->hasLateralRTEs = true;
     905             : 
     906             :         /*
     907             :          * We can also determine the maximum security level required for any
     908             :          * securityQuals now.  Addition of inheritance-child RTEs won't affect
     909             :          * this, because child tables don't have their own securityQuals; see
     910             :          * expand_single_inheritance_child().
     911             :          */
     912      961256 :         if (rte->securityQuals)
     913        2784 :             root->qual_security_level = Max(root->qual_security_level,
     914             :                                             list_length(rte->securityQuals));
     915             :     }
     916             : 
     917             :     /*
     918             :      * If we have now verified that the query target relation is
     919             :      * non-inheriting, mark it as a leaf target.
     920             :      */
     921      555136 :     if (parse->resultRelation)
     922             :     {
     923       95996 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(parse->resultRelation, parse->rtable);
     924             : 
     925       95996 :         if (!rte->inh)
     926       93044 :             root->leaf_result_relids =
     927       93044 :                 bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation);
     928             :     }
     929             : 
     930             :     /*
     931             :      * This would be a convenient time to check access permissions for all
     932             :      * relations mentioned in the query, since it would be better to fail now,
     933             :      * before doing any detailed planning.  However, for historical reasons,
     934             :      * we leave this to be done at executor startup.
     935             :      *
     936             :      * Note, however, that we do need to check access permissions for any view
     937             :      * relations mentioned in the query, in order to prevent information being
     938             :      * leaked by selectivity estimation functions, which only check view owner
     939             :      * permissions on underlying tables (see all_rows_selectable() and its
     940             :      * callers).  This is a little ugly, because it means that access
     941             :      * permissions for views will be checked twice, which is another reason
     942             :      * why it would be better to do all the ACL checks here.
     943             :      */
     944     1515268 :     foreach(l, parse->rtable)
     945             :     {
     946      960520 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
     947             : 
     948      960520 :         if (rte->perminfoindex != 0 &&
     949      512270 :             rte->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
     950             :         {
     951             :             RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo;
     952             :             bool        result;
     953             : 
     954       21816 :             perminfo = getRTEPermissionInfo(parse->rteperminfos, rte);
     955       21816 :             result = ExecCheckOneRelPerms(perminfo);
     956       21816 :             if (!result)
     957         388 :                 aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV, OBJECT_VIEW,
     958         388 :                                get_rel_name(perminfo->relid));
     959             :         }
     960             :     }
     961             : 
     962             :     /*
     963             :      * Preprocess RowMark information.  We need to do this after subquery
     964             :      * pullup, so that all base relations are present.
     965             :      */
     966      554748 :     preprocess_rowmarks(root);
     967             : 
     968             :     /*
     969             :      * Set hasHavingQual to remember if HAVING clause is present.  Needed
     970             :      * because preprocess_expression will reduce a constant-true condition to
     971             :      * an empty qual list ... but "HAVING TRUE" is not a semantic no-op.
     972             :      */
     973      554748 :     root->hasHavingQual = (parse->havingQual != NULL);
     974             : 
     975             :     /*
     976             :      * Do expression preprocessing on targetlist and quals, as well as other
     977             :      * random expressions in the querytree.  Note that we do not need to
     978             :      * handle sort/group expressions explicitly, because they are actually
     979             :      * part of the targetlist.
     980             :      */
     981      550768 :     parse->targetList = (List *)
     982      554748 :         preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->targetList,
     983             :                               EXPRKIND_TARGET);
     984             : 
     985      550768 :     newWithCheckOptions = NIL;
     986      553706 :     foreach(l, parse->withCheckOptions)
     987             :     {
     988        2938 :         WithCheckOption *wco = lfirst_node(WithCheckOption, l);
     989             : 
     990        2938 :         wco->qual = preprocess_expression(root, wco->qual,
     991             :                                           EXPRKIND_QUAL);
     992        2938 :         if (wco->qual != NULL)
     993        2538 :             newWithCheckOptions = lappend(newWithCheckOptions, wco);
     994             :     }
     995      550768 :     parse->withCheckOptions = newWithCheckOptions;
     996             : 
     997      550768 :     parse->returningList = (List *)
     998      550768 :         preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->returningList,
     999             :                               EXPRKIND_TARGET);
    1000             : 
    1001      550768 :     preprocess_qual_conditions(root, (Node *) parse->jointree);
    1002             : 
    1003      550768 :     parse->havingQual = preprocess_expression(root, parse->havingQual,
    1004             :                                               EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1005             : 
    1006      553702 :     foreach(l, parse->windowClause)
    1007             :     {
    1008        2934 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, l);
    1009             : 
    1010             :         /* partitionClause/orderClause are sort/group expressions */
    1011        2934 :         wc->startOffset = preprocess_expression(root, wc->startOffset,
    1012             :                                                 EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
    1013        2934 :         wc->endOffset = preprocess_expression(root, wc->endOffset,
    1014             :                                               EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
    1015             :     }
    1016             : 
    1017      550768 :     parse->limitOffset = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitOffset,
    1018             :                                                EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
    1019      550768 :     parse->limitCount = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitCount,
    1020             :                                               EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
    1021             : 
    1022      550768 :     if (parse->onConflict)
    1023             :     {
    1024        3836 :         parse->onConflict->arbiterElems = (List *)
    1025        1918 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1026        1918 :                                   (Node *) parse->onConflict->arbiterElems,
    1027             :                                   EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM);
    1028        3836 :         parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere =
    1029        1918 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1030        1918 :                                   parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere,
    1031             :                                   EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1032        3836 :         parse->onConflict->onConflictSet = (List *)
    1033        1918 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1034        1918 :                                   (Node *) parse->onConflict->onConflictSet,
    1035             :                                   EXPRKIND_TARGET);
    1036        1918 :         parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere =
    1037        1918 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1038        1918 :                                   parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere,
    1039             :                                   EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1040             :         /* exclRelTlist contains only Vars, so no preprocessing needed */
    1041             :     }
    1042             : 
    1043      553650 :     foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
    1044             :     {
    1045        2882 :         MergeAction *action = (MergeAction *) lfirst(l);
    1046             : 
    1047        2882 :         action->targetList = (List *)
    1048        2882 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1049        2882 :                                   (Node *) action->targetList,
    1050             :                                   EXPRKIND_TARGET);
    1051        2882 :         action->qual =
    1052        2882 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1053             :                                   (Node *) action->qual,
    1054             :                                   EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1055             :     }
    1056             : 
    1057      550768 :     parse->mergeJoinCondition =
    1058      550768 :         preprocess_expression(root, parse->mergeJoinCondition, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1059             : 
    1060      550768 :     root->append_rel_list = (List *)
    1061      550768 :         preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) root->append_rel_list,
    1062             :                               EXPRKIND_APPINFO);
    1063             : 
    1064             :     /* Also need to preprocess expressions within RTEs */
    1065     1506324 :     foreach(l, parse->rtable)
    1066             :     {
    1067      955556 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
    1068             :         int         kind;
    1069             :         ListCell   *lcsq;
    1070             : 
    1071      955556 :         if (rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
    1072             :         {
    1073      494648 :             if (rte->tablesample)
    1074         228 :                 rte->tablesample = (TableSampleClause *)
    1075         228 :                     preprocess_expression(root,
    1076         228 :                                           (Node *) rte->tablesample,
    1077             :                                           EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE);
    1078             :         }
    1079      460908 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY)
    1080             :         {
    1081             :             /*
    1082             :              * We don't want to do all preprocessing yet on the subquery's
    1083             :              * expressions, since that will happen when we plan it.  But if it
    1084             :              * contains any join aliases of our level, those have to get
    1085             :              * expanded now, because planning of the subquery won't do it.
    1086             :              * That's only possible if the subquery is LATERAL.
    1087             :              */
    1088       83422 :             if (rte->lateral && root->hasJoinRTEs)
    1089        1842 :                 rte->subquery = (Query *)
    1090        1842 :                     flatten_join_alias_vars(root, root->parse,
    1091        1842 :                                             (Node *) rte->subquery);
    1092             :         }
    1093      377486 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_FUNCTION)
    1094             :         {
    1095             :             /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
    1096       53124 :             kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_RTFUNC;
    1097       53124 :             rte->functions = (List *)
    1098       53124 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->functions, kind);
    1099             :         }
    1100      324362 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_TABLEFUNC)
    1101             :         {
    1102             :             /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
    1103         626 :             kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC;
    1104         626 :             rte->tablefunc = (TableFunc *)
    1105         626 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->tablefunc, kind);
    1106             :         }
    1107      323736 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_VALUES)
    1108             :         {
    1109             :             /* Preprocess the values lists fully */
    1110        8556 :             kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_VALUES;
    1111        8556 :             rte->values_lists = (List *)
    1112        8556 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->values_lists, kind);
    1113             :         }
    1114      315180 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_GROUP)
    1115             :         {
    1116             :             /* Preprocess the groupexprs list fully */
    1117        5074 :             rte->groupexprs = (List *)
    1118        5074 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->groupexprs,
    1119             :                                       EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR);
    1120             :         }
    1121             : 
    1122             :         /*
    1123             :          * Process each element of the securityQuals list as if it were a
    1124             :          * separate qual expression (as indeed it is).  We need to do it this
    1125             :          * way to get proper canonicalization of AND/OR structure.  Note that
    1126             :          * this converts each element into an implicit-AND sublist.
    1127             :          */
    1128      958734 :         foreach(lcsq, rte->securityQuals)
    1129             :         {
    1130        3178 :             lfirst(lcsq) = preprocess_expression(root,
    1131        3178 :                                                  (Node *) lfirst(lcsq),
    1132             :                                                  EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1133             :         }
    1134             :     }
    1135             : 
    1136             :     /*
    1137             :      * Now that we are done preprocessing expressions, and in particular done
    1138             :      * flattening join alias variables, get rid of the joinaliasvars lists.
    1139             :      * They no longer match what expressions in the rest of the tree look
    1140             :      * like, because we have not preprocessed expressions in those lists (and
    1141             :      * do not want to; for example, expanding a SubLink there would result in
    1142             :      * a useless unreferenced subplan).  Leaving them in place simply creates
    1143             :      * a hazard for later scans of the tree.  We could try to prevent that by
    1144             :      * using QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES in every tree scan done after this point,
    1145             :      * but that doesn't sound very reliable.
    1146             :      */
    1147      550768 :     if (root->hasJoinRTEs)
    1148             :     {
    1149      336124 :         foreach(l, parse->rtable)
    1150             :         {
    1151      276974 :             RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
    1152             : 
    1153      276974 :             rte->joinaliasvars = NIL;
    1154             :         }
    1155             :     }
    1156             : 
    1157             :     /*
    1158             :      * Replace any Vars in the subquery's targetlist and havingQual that
    1159             :      * reference GROUP outputs with the underlying grouping expressions.
    1160             :      *
    1161             :      * Note that we need to perform this replacement after we've preprocessed
    1162             :      * the grouping expressions.  This is to ensure that there is only one
    1163             :      * instance of SubPlan for each SubLink contained within the grouping
    1164             :      * expressions.
    1165             :      */
    1166      550768 :     if (parse->hasGroupRTE)
    1167             :     {
    1168        5074 :         parse->targetList = (List *)
    1169        5074 :             flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, (Node *) parse->targetList);
    1170        5074 :         parse->havingQual =
    1171        5074 :             flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, parse->havingQual);
    1172             :     }
    1173             : 
    1174             :     /* Constant-folding might have removed all set-returning functions */
    1175      550768 :     if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1176       12084 :         parse->hasTargetSRFs = expression_returns_set((Node *) parse->targetList);
    1177             : 
    1178             :     /*
    1179             :      * If we have grouping sets, expand the groupingSets tree of this query to
    1180             :      * a flat list of grouping sets.  We need to do this before optimizing
    1181             :      * HAVING, since we can't easily tell if there's an empty grouping set
    1182             :      * until we have this representation.
    1183             :      */
    1184      550768 :     if (parse->groupingSets)
    1185             :     {
    1186        1020 :         parse->groupingSets =
    1187        1020 :             expand_grouping_sets(parse->groupingSets, parse->groupDistinct, -1);
    1188             :     }
    1189             : 
    1190             :     /*
    1191             :      * In some cases we may want to transfer a HAVING clause into WHERE. We
    1192             :      * cannot do so if the HAVING clause contains aggregates (obviously) or
    1193             :      * volatile functions (since a HAVING clause is supposed to be executed
    1194             :      * only once per group).  We also can't do this if there are any grouping
    1195             :      * sets and the clause references any columns that are nullable by the
    1196             :      * grouping sets; the nulled values of those columns are not available
    1197             :      * before the grouping step.  (The test on groupClause might seem wrong,
    1198             :      * but it's okay: it's just an optimization to avoid running pull_varnos
    1199             :      * when there cannot be any Vars in the HAVING clause.)
    1200             :      *
    1201             :      * Also, it may be that the clause is so expensive to execute that we're
    1202             :      * better off doing it only once per group, despite the loss of
    1203             :      * selectivity.  This is hard to estimate short of doing the entire
    1204             :      * planning process twice, so we use a heuristic: clauses containing
    1205             :      * subplans are left in HAVING.  Otherwise, we move or copy the HAVING
    1206             :      * clause into WHERE, in hopes of eliminating tuples before aggregation
    1207             :      * instead of after.
    1208             :      *
    1209             :      * If the query has no empty grouping set then we can simply move such a
    1210             :      * clause into WHERE; any group that fails the clause will not be in the
    1211             :      * output because none of its tuples will reach the grouping or
    1212             :      * aggregation stage.  Otherwise we have to keep the clause in HAVING to
    1213             :      * ensure that we don't emit a bogus aggregated row.  But then the HAVING
    1214             :      * clause must be degenerate (variable-free), so we can copy it into WHERE
    1215             :      * so that query_planner() can use it in a gating Result node. (This could
    1216             :      * be done better, but it seems not worth optimizing.)
    1217             :      *
    1218             :      * Note that a HAVING clause may contain expressions that are not fully
    1219             :      * preprocessed.  This can happen if these expressions are part of
    1220             :      * grouping items.  In such cases, they are replaced with GROUP Vars in
    1221             :      * the parser and then replaced back after we're done with expression
    1222             :      * preprocessing on havingQual.  This is not an issue if the clause
    1223             :      * remains in HAVING, because these expressions will be matched to lower
    1224             :      * target items in setrefs.c.  However, if the clause is moved or copied
    1225             :      * into WHERE, we need to ensure that these expressions are fully
    1226             :      * preprocessed.
    1227             :      *
    1228             :      * Note that both havingQual and parse->jointree->quals are in
    1229             :      * implicitly-ANDed-list form at this point, even though they are declared
    1230             :      * as Node *.
    1231             :      */
    1232      550768 :     newHaving = NIL;
    1233      552156 :     foreach(l, (List *) parse->havingQual)
    1234             :     {
    1235        1388 :         Node       *havingclause = (Node *) lfirst(l);
    1236             : 
    1237        1904 :         if (contain_agg_clause(havingclause) ||
    1238        1032 :             contain_volatile_functions(havingclause) ||
    1239         516 :             contain_subplans(havingclause) ||
    1240         636 :             (parse->groupClause && parse->groupingSets &&
    1241         120 :              bms_is_member(root->group_rtindex, pull_varnos(root, havingclause))))
    1242             :         {
    1243             :             /* keep it in HAVING */
    1244         944 :             newHaving = lappend(newHaving, havingclause);
    1245             :         }
    1246         444 :         else if (parse->groupClause &&
    1247         408 :                  (parse->groupingSets == NIL ||
    1248          48 :                   (List *) linitial(parse->groupingSets) != NIL))
    1249         396 :         {
    1250             :             /* There is GROUP BY, but no empty grouping set */
    1251             :             Node       *whereclause;
    1252             : 
    1253             :             /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
    1254         396 :             whereclause = preprocess_expression(root, havingclause,
    1255             :                                                 EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1256             :             /* ... and move it to WHERE */
    1257         396 :             parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
    1258         396 :                 list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
    1259             :                             (List *) whereclause);
    1260             :         }
    1261             :         else
    1262             :         {
    1263             :             /* There is an empty grouping set (perhaps implicitly) */
    1264             :             Node       *whereclause;
    1265             : 
    1266             :             /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
    1267          48 :             whereclause = preprocess_expression(root, copyObject(havingclause),
    1268             :                                                 EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1269             :             /* ... and put a copy in WHERE */
    1270          96 :             parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
    1271          48 :                 list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
    1272             :                             (List *) whereclause);
    1273             :             /* ... and also keep it in HAVING */
    1274          48 :             newHaving = lappend(newHaving, havingclause);
    1275             :         }
    1276             :     }
    1277      550768 :     parse->havingQual = (Node *) newHaving;
    1278             : 
    1279             :     /*
    1280             :      * If we have any outer joins, try to reduce them to plain inner joins.
    1281             :      * This step is most easily done after we've done expression
    1282             :      * preprocessing.
    1283             :      */
    1284      550768 :     if (hasOuterJoins)
    1285       34998 :         reduce_outer_joins(root);
    1286             : 
    1287             :     /*
    1288             :      * If we have any RTE_RESULT relations, see if they can be deleted from
    1289             :      * the jointree.  We also rely on this processing to flatten single-child
    1290             :      * FromExprs underneath outer joins.  This step is most effectively done
    1291             :      * after we've done expression preprocessing and outer join reduction.
    1292             :      */
    1293      550768 :     if (hasResultRTEs || hasOuterJoins)
    1294      240622 :         remove_useless_result_rtes(root);
    1295             : 
    1296             :     /*
    1297             :      * Do the main planning.
    1298             :      */
    1299      550768 :     grouping_planner(root, tuple_fraction, setops);
    1300             : 
    1301             :     /*
    1302             :      * Capture the set of outer-level param IDs we have access to, for use in
    1303             :      * extParam/allParam calculations later.
    1304             :      */
    1305      550696 :     SS_identify_outer_params(root);
    1306             : 
    1307             :     /*
    1308             :      * If any initPlans were created in this query level, adjust the surviving
    1309             :      * Paths' costs and parallel-safety flags to account for them.  The
    1310             :      * initPlans won't actually get attached to the plan tree till
    1311             :      * create_plan() runs, but we must include their effects now.
    1312             :      */
    1313      550696 :     final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
    1314      550696 :     SS_charge_for_initplans(root, final_rel);
    1315             : 
    1316             :     /*
    1317             :      * Make sure we've identified the cheapest Path for the final rel.  (By
    1318             :      * doing this here not in grouping_planner, we include initPlan costs in
    1319             :      * the decision, though it's unlikely that will change anything.)
    1320             :      */
    1321      550696 :     set_cheapest(final_rel);
    1322             : 
    1323      550696 :     return root;
    1324             : }
    1325             : 
    1326             : /*
    1327             :  * preprocess_expression
    1328             :  *      Do subquery_planner's preprocessing work for an expression,
    1329             :  *      which can be a targetlist, a WHERE clause (including JOIN/ON
    1330             :  *      conditions), a HAVING clause, or a few other things.
    1331             :  */
    1332             : static Node *
    1333     4624306 : preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind)
    1334             : {
    1335             :     /*
    1336             :      * Fall out quickly if expression is empty.  This occurs often enough to
    1337             :      * be worth checking.  Note that null->null is the correct conversion for
    1338             :      * implicit-AND result format, too.
    1339             :      */
    1340     4624306 :     if (expr == NULL)
    1341     3650534 :         return NULL;
    1342             : 
    1343             :     /*
    1344             :      * If the query has any join RTEs, replace join alias variables with
    1345             :      * base-relation variables.  We must do this first, since any expressions
    1346             :      * we may extract from the joinaliasvars lists have not been preprocessed.
    1347             :      * For example, if we did this after sublink processing, sublinks expanded
    1348             :      * out from join aliases would not get processed.  But we can skip this in
    1349             :      * non-lateral RTE functions, VALUES lists, and TABLESAMPLE clauses, since
    1350             :      * they can't contain any Vars of the current query level.
    1351             :      */
    1352      973772 :     if (root->hasJoinRTEs &&
    1353      427112 :         !(kind == EXPRKIND_RTFUNC ||
    1354      213378 :           kind == EXPRKIND_VALUES ||
    1355             :           kind == EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE ||
    1356             :           kind == EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC))
    1357      213360 :         expr = flatten_join_alias_vars(root, root->parse, expr);
    1358             : 
    1359             :     /*
    1360             :      * Simplify constant expressions.  For function RTEs, this was already
    1361             :      * done by preprocess_function_rtes.  (But note we must do it again for
    1362             :      * EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL, because those might by now contain
    1363             :      * un-simplified subexpressions inserted by flattening of subqueries or
    1364             :      * join alias variables.)
    1365             :      *
    1366             :      * Note: an essential effect of this is to convert named-argument function
    1367             :      * calls to positional notation and insert the current actual values of
    1368             :      * any default arguments for functions.  To ensure that happens, we *must*
    1369             :      * process all expressions here.  Previous PG versions sometimes skipped
    1370             :      * const-simplification if it didn't seem worth the trouble, but we can't
    1371             :      * do that anymore.
    1372             :      *
    1373             :      * Note: this also flattens nested AND and OR expressions into N-argument
    1374             :      * form.  All processing of a qual expression after this point must be
    1375             :      * careful to maintain AND/OR flatness --- that is, do not generate a tree
    1376             :      * with AND directly under AND, nor OR directly under OR.
    1377             :      */
    1378      973772 :     if (kind != EXPRKIND_RTFUNC)
    1379      929318 :         expr = eval_const_expressions(root, expr);
    1380             : 
    1381             :     /*
    1382             :      * If it's a qual or havingQual, canonicalize it.
    1383             :      */
    1384      969792 :     if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
    1385             :     {
    1386      349694 :         expr = (Node *) canonicalize_qual((Expr *) expr, false);
    1387             : 
    1388             : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
    1389             :         printf("After canonicalize_qual()\n");
    1390             :         pprint(expr);
    1391             : #endif
    1392             :     }
    1393             : 
    1394             :     /*
    1395             :      * Check for ANY ScalarArrayOpExpr with Const arrays and set the
    1396             :      * hashfuncid of any that might execute more quickly by using hash lookups
    1397             :      * instead of a linear search.
    1398             :      */
    1399      969792 :     if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL || kind == EXPRKIND_TARGET)
    1400             :     {
    1401      887718 :         convert_saop_to_hashed_saop(expr);
    1402             :     }
    1403             : 
    1404             :     /* Expand SubLinks to SubPlans */
    1405      969792 :     if (root->parse->hasSubLinks)
    1406      108792 :         expr = SS_process_sublinks(root, expr, (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL));
    1407             : 
    1408             :     /*
    1409             :      * XXX do not insert anything here unless you have grokked the comments in
    1410             :      * SS_replace_correlation_vars ...
    1411             :      */
    1412             : 
    1413             :     /* Replace uplevel vars with Param nodes (this IS possible in VALUES) */
    1414      969792 :     if (root->query_level > 1)
    1415      191794 :         expr = SS_replace_correlation_vars(root, expr);
    1416             : 
    1417             :     /*
    1418             :      * If it's a qual or havingQual, convert it to implicit-AND format. (We
    1419             :      * don't want to do this before eval_const_expressions, since the latter
    1420             :      * would be unable to simplify a top-level AND correctly. Also,
    1421             :      * SS_process_sublinks expects explicit-AND format.)
    1422             :      */
    1423      969792 :     if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
    1424      349694 :         expr = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) expr);
    1425             : 
    1426      969792 :     return expr;
    1427             : }
    1428             : 
    1429             : /*
    1430             :  * preprocess_qual_conditions
    1431             :  *      Recursively scan the query's jointree and do subquery_planner's
    1432             :  *      preprocessing work on each qual condition found therein.
    1433             :  */
    1434             : static void
    1435     1372392 : preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode)
    1436             : {
    1437     1372392 :     if (jtnode == NULL)
    1438           0 :         return;
    1439     1372392 :     if (IsA(jtnode, RangeTblRef))
    1440             :     {
    1441             :         /* nothing to do here */
    1442             :     }
    1443      671388 :     else if (IsA(jtnode, FromExpr))
    1444             :     {
    1445      566228 :         FromExpr   *f = (FromExpr *) jtnode;
    1446             :         ListCell   *l;
    1447             : 
    1448     1177532 :         foreach(l, f->fromlist)
    1449      611304 :             preprocess_qual_conditions(root, lfirst(l));
    1450             : 
    1451      566228 :         f->quals = preprocess_expression(root, f->quals, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1452             :     }
    1453      105160 :     else if (IsA(jtnode, JoinExpr))
    1454             :     {
    1455      105160 :         JoinExpr   *j = (JoinExpr *) jtnode;
    1456             : 
    1457      105160 :         preprocess_qual_conditions(root, j->larg);
    1458      105160 :         preprocess_qual_conditions(root, j->rarg);
    1459             : 
    1460      105160 :         j->quals = preprocess_expression(root, j->quals, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1461             :     }
    1462             :     else
    1463           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
    1464             :              (int) nodeTag(jtnode));
    1465             : }
    1466             : 
    1467             : /*
    1468             :  * preprocess_phv_expression
    1469             :  *    Do preprocessing on a PlaceHolderVar expression that's been pulled up.
    1470             :  *
    1471             :  * If a LATERAL subquery references an output of another subquery, and that
    1472             :  * output must be wrapped in a PlaceHolderVar because of an intermediate outer
    1473             :  * join, then we'll push the PlaceHolderVar expression down into the subquery
    1474             :  * and later pull it back up during find_lateral_references, which runs after
    1475             :  * subquery_planner has preprocessed all the expressions that were in the
    1476             :  * current query level to start with.  So we need to preprocess it then.
    1477             :  */
    1478             : Expr *
    1479          90 : preprocess_phv_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Expr *expr)
    1480             : {
    1481          90 :     return (Expr *) preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) expr, EXPRKIND_PHV);
    1482             : }
    1483             : 
    1484             : /*--------------------
    1485             :  * grouping_planner
    1486             :  *    Perform planning steps related to grouping, aggregation, etc.
    1487             :  *
    1488             :  * This function adds all required top-level processing to the scan/join
    1489             :  * Path(s) produced by query_planner.
    1490             :  *
    1491             :  * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
    1492             :  * tuple_fraction is interpreted as follows:
    1493             :  *    0: expect all tuples to be retrieved (normal case)
    1494             :  *    0 < tuple_fraction < 1: expect the given fraction of tuples available
    1495             :  *      from the plan to be retrieved
    1496             :  *    tuple_fraction >= 1: tuple_fraction is the absolute number of tuples
    1497             :  *      expected to be retrieved (ie, a LIMIT specification).
    1498             :  * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
    1499             :  * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
    1500             :  * set operation can be generated.  NULL when not planning a set operation
    1501             :  * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
    1502             :  *
    1503             :  * Returns nothing; the useful output is in the Paths we attach to the
    1504             :  * (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel in *root.  In addition,
    1505             :  * root->processed_tlist contains the final processed targetlist.
    1506             :  *
    1507             :  * Note that we have not done set_cheapest() on the final rel; it's convenient
    1508             :  * to leave this to the caller.
    1509             :  *--------------------
    1510             :  */
    1511             : static void
    1512      550768 : grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
    1513             :                  SetOperationStmt *setops)
    1514             : {
    1515      550768 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    1516      550768 :     int64       offset_est = 0;
    1517      550768 :     int64       count_est = 0;
    1518      550768 :     double      limit_tuples = -1.0;
    1519      550768 :     bool        have_postponed_srfs = false;
    1520             :     PathTarget *final_target;
    1521             :     List       *final_targets;
    1522             :     List       *final_targets_contain_srfs;
    1523             :     bool        final_target_parallel_safe;
    1524             :     RelOptInfo *current_rel;
    1525             :     RelOptInfo *final_rel;
    1526             :     FinalPathExtraData extra;
    1527             :     ListCell   *lc;
    1528             : 
    1529             :     /* Tweak caller-supplied tuple_fraction if have LIMIT/OFFSET */
    1530      550768 :     if (parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset)
    1531             :     {
    1532        5246 :         tuple_fraction = preprocess_limit(root, tuple_fraction,
    1533             :                                           &offset_est, &count_est);
    1534             : 
    1535             :         /*
    1536             :          * If we have a known LIMIT, and don't have an unknown OFFSET, we can
    1537             :          * estimate the effects of using a bounded sort.
    1538             :          */
    1539        5246 :         if (count_est > 0 && offset_est >= 0)
    1540        4694 :             limit_tuples = (double) count_est + (double) offset_est;
    1541             :     }
    1542             : 
    1543             :     /* Make tuple_fraction accessible to lower-level routines */
    1544      550768 :     root->tuple_fraction = tuple_fraction;
    1545             : 
    1546      550768 :     if (parse->setOperations)
    1547             :     {
    1548             :         /*
    1549             :          * Construct Paths for set operations.  The results will not need any
    1550             :          * work except perhaps a top-level sort and/or LIMIT.  Note that any
    1551             :          * special work for recursive unions is the responsibility of
    1552             :          * plan_set_operations.
    1553             :          */
    1554        6218 :         current_rel = plan_set_operations(root);
    1555             : 
    1556             :         /*
    1557             :          * We should not need to call preprocess_targetlist, since we must be
    1558             :          * in a SELECT query node.  Instead, use the processed_tlist returned
    1559             :          * by plan_set_operations (since this tells whether it returned any
    1560             :          * resjunk columns!), and transfer any sort key information from the
    1561             :          * original tlist.
    1562             :          */
    1563             :         Assert(parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
    1564             : 
    1565             :         /* for safety, copy processed_tlist instead of modifying in-place */
    1566        6212 :         root->processed_tlist =
    1567        6212 :             postprocess_setop_tlist(copyObject(root->processed_tlist),
    1568             :                                     parse->targetList);
    1569             : 
    1570             :         /* Also extract the PathTarget form of the setop result tlist */
    1571        6212 :         final_target = current_rel->cheapest_total_path->pathtarget;
    1572             : 
    1573             :         /* And check whether it's parallel safe */
    1574             :         final_target_parallel_safe =
    1575        6212 :             is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) final_target->exprs);
    1576             : 
    1577             :         /* The setop result tlist couldn't contain any SRFs */
    1578             :         Assert(!parse->hasTargetSRFs);
    1579        6212 :         final_targets = final_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1580             : 
    1581             :         /*
    1582             :          * Can't handle FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE here (parser should have
    1583             :          * checked already, but let's make sure).
    1584             :          */
    1585        6212 :         if (parse->rowMarks)
    1586           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1587             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    1588             :             /*------
    1589             :               translator: %s is a SQL row locking clause such as FOR UPDATE */
    1590             :                      errmsg("%s is not allowed with UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT",
    1591             :                             LCS_asString(linitial_node(RowMarkClause,
    1592             :                                                        parse->rowMarks)->strength))));
    1593             : 
    1594             :         /*
    1595             :          * Calculate pathkeys that represent result ordering requirements
    1596             :          */
    1597             :         Assert(parse->distinctClause == NIL);
    1598        6212 :         root->sort_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
    1599             :                                                             parse->sortClause,
    1600             :                                                             root->processed_tlist);
    1601             :     }
    1602             :     else
    1603             :     {
    1604             :         /* No set operations, do regular planning */
    1605             :         PathTarget *sort_input_target;
    1606             :         List       *sort_input_targets;
    1607             :         List       *sort_input_targets_contain_srfs;
    1608             :         bool        sort_input_target_parallel_safe;
    1609             :         PathTarget *grouping_target;
    1610             :         List       *grouping_targets;
    1611             :         List       *grouping_targets_contain_srfs;
    1612             :         bool        grouping_target_parallel_safe;
    1613             :         PathTarget *scanjoin_target;
    1614             :         List       *scanjoin_targets;
    1615             :         List       *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs;
    1616             :         bool        scanjoin_target_parallel_safe;
    1617             :         bool        scanjoin_target_same_exprs;
    1618             :         bool        have_grouping;
    1619      544550 :         WindowFuncLists *wflists = NULL;
    1620      544550 :         List       *activeWindows = NIL;
    1621      544550 :         grouping_sets_data *gset_data = NULL;
    1622             :         standard_qp_extra qp_extra;
    1623             : 
    1624             :         /* A recursive query should always have setOperations */
    1625             :         Assert(!root->hasRecursion);
    1626             : 
    1627             :         /* Preprocess grouping sets and GROUP BY clause, if any */
    1628      544550 :         if (parse->groupingSets)
    1629             :         {
    1630        1020 :             gset_data = preprocess_grouping_sets(root);
    1631             :         }
    1632      543530 :         else if (parse->groupClause)
    1633             :         {
    1634             :             /* Preprocess regular GROUP BY clause, if any */
    1635        4132 :             root->processed_groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, NIL);
    1636             :         }
    1637             : 
    1638             :         /*
    1639             :          * Preprocess targetlist.  Note that much of the remaining planning
    1640             :          * work will be done with the PathTarget representation of tlists, but
    1641             :          * we must also maintain the full representation of the final tlist so
    1642             :          * that we can transfer its decoration (resnames etc) to the topmost
    1643             :          * tlist of the finished Plan.  This is kept in processed_tlist.
    1644             :          */
    1645      544544 :         preprocess_targetlist(root);
    1646             : 
    1647             :         /*
    1648             :          * Mark all the aggregates with resolved aggtranstypes, and detect
    1649             :          * aggregates that are duplicates or can share transition state.  We
    1650             :          * must do this before slicing and dicing the tlist into various
    1651             :          * pathtargets, else some copies of the Aggref nodes might escape
    1652             :          * being marked.
    1653             :          */
    1654      544544 :         if (parse->hasAggs)
    1655             :         {
    1656       45198 :             preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) root->processed_tlist);
    1657       45198 :             preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) parse->havingQual);
    1658             :         }
    1659             : 
    1660             :         /*
    1661             :          * Locate any window functions in the tlist.  (We don't need to look
    1662             :          * anywhere else, since expressions used in ORDER BY will be in there
    1663             :          * too.)  Note that they could all have been eliminated by constant
    1664             :          * folding, in which case we don't need to do any more work.
    1665             :          */
    1666      544544 :         if (parse->hasWindowFuncs)
    1667             :         {
    1668        2682 :             wflists = find_window_functions((Node *) root->processed_tlist,
    1669        2682 :                                             list_length(parse->windowClause));
    1670        2682 :             if (wflists->numWindowFuncs > 0)
    1671             :             {
    1672             :                 /*
    1673             :                  * See if any modifications can be made to each WindowClause
    1674             :                  * to allow the executor to execute the WindowFuncs more
    1675             :                  * quickly.
    1676             :                  */
    1677        2676 :                 optimize_window_clauses(root, wflists);
    1678             : 
    1679             :                 /* Extract the list of windows actually in use. */
    1680        2676 :                 activeWindows = select_active_windows(root, wflists);
    1681             : 
    1682             :                 /* Make sure they all have names, for EXPLAIN's use. */
    1683        2676 :                 name_active_windows(activeWindows);
    1684             :             }
    1685             :             else
    1686           6 :                 parse->hasWindowFuncs = false;
    1687             :         }
    1688             : 
    1689             :         /*
    1690             :          * Preprocess MIN/MAX aggregates, if any.  Note: be careful about
    1691             :          * adding logic between here and the query_planner() call.  Anything
    1692             :          * that is needed in MIN/MAX-optimizable cases will have to be
    1693             :          * duplicated in planagg.c.
    1694             :          */
    1695      544544 :         if (parse->hasAggs)
    1696       45198 :             preprocess_minmax_aggregates(root);
    1697             : 
    1698             :         /*
    1699             :          * Figure out whether there's a hard limit on the number of rows that
    1700             :          * query_planner's result subplan needs to return.  Even if we know a
    1701             :          * hard limit overall, it doesn't apply if the query has any
    1702             :          * grouping/aggregation operations, or SRFs in the tlist.
    1703             :          */
    1704      544544 :         if (parse->groupClause ||
    1705      539476 :             parse->groupingSets ||
    1706      539398 :             parse->distinctClause ||
    1707      536408 :             parse->hasAggs ||
    1708      495648 :             parse->hasWindowFuncs ||
    1709      493116 :             parse->hasTargetSRFs ||
    1710      481550 :             root->hasHavingQual)
    1711       63018 :             root->limit_tuples = -1.0;
    1712             :         else
    1713      481526 :             root->limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
    1714             : 
    1715             :         /* Set up data needed by standard_qp_callback */
    1716      544544 :         qp_extra.activeWindows = activeWindows;
    1717      544544 :         qp_extra.gset_data = gset_data;
    1718             : 
    1719             :         /*
    1720             :          * If we're a subquery for a set operation, store the SetOperationStmt
    1721             :          * in qp_extra.
    1722             :          */
    1723      544544 :         qp_extra.setop = setops;
    1724             : 
    1725             :         /*
    1726             :          * Generate the best unsorted and presorted paths for the scan/join
    1727             :          * portion of this Query, ie the processing represented by the
    1728             :          * FROM/WHERE clauses.  (Note there may not be any presorted paths.)
    1729             :          * We also generate (in standard_qp_callback) pathkey representations
    1730             :          * of the query's sort clause, distinct clause, etc.
    1731             :          */
    1732      544544 :         current_rel = query_planner(root, standard_qp_callback, &qp_extra);
    1733             : 
    1734             :         /*
    1735             :          * Convert the query's result tlist into PathTarget format.
    1736             :          *
    1737             :          * Note: this cannot be done before query_planner() has performed
    1738             :          * appendrel expansion, because that might add resjunk entries to
    1739             :          * root->processed_tlist.  Waiting till afterwards is also helpful
    1740             :          * because the target width estimates can use per-Var width numbers
    1741             :          * that were obtained within query_planner().
    1742             :          */
    1743      544490 :         final_target = create_pathtarget(root, root->processed_tlist);
    1744             :         final_target_parallel_safe =
    1745      544490 :             is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) final_target->exprs);
    1746             : 
    1747             :         /*
    1748             :          * If ORDER BY was given, consider whether we should use a post-sort
    1749             :          * projection, and compute the adjusted target for preceding steps if
    1750             :          * so.
    1751             :          */
    1752      544490 :         if (parse->sortClause)
    1753             :         {
    1754       72102 :             sort_input_target = make_sort_input_target(root,
    1755             :                                                        final_target,
    1756             :                                                        &have_postponed_srfs);
    1757             :             sort_input_target_parallel_safe =
    1758       72102 :                 is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) sort_input_target->exprs);
    1759             :         }
    1760             :         else
    1761             :         {
    1762      472388 :             sort_input_target = final_target;
    1763      472388 :             sort_input_target_parallel_safe = final_target_parallel_safe;
    1764             :         }
    1765             : 
    1766             :         /*
    1767             :          * If we have window functions to deal with, the output from any
    1768             :          * grouping step needs to be what the window functions want;
    1769             :          * otherwise, it should be sort_input_target.
    1770             :          */
    1771      544490 :         if (activeWindows)
    1772             :         {
    1773        2676 :             grouping_target = make_window_input_target(root,
    1774             :                                                        final_target,
    1775             :                                                        activeWindows);
    1776             :             grouping_target_parallel_safe =
    1777        2676 :                 is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) grouping_target->exprs);
    1778             :         }
    1779             :         else
    1780             :         {
    1781      541814 :             grouping_target = sort_input_target;
    1782      541814 :             grouping_target_parallel_safe = sort_input_target_parallel_safe;
    1783             :         }
    1784             : 
    1785             :         /*
    1786             :          * If we have grouping or aggregation to do, the topmost scan/join
    1787             :          * plan node must emit what the grouping step wants; otherwise, it
    1788             :          * should emit grouping_target.
    1789             :          */
    1790      539422 :         have_grouping = (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets ||
    1791     1083912 :                          parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual);
    1792      544490 :         if (have_grouping)
    1793             :         {
    1794       45968 :             scanjoin_target = make_group_input_target(root, final_target);
    1795             :             scanjoin_target_parallel_safe =
    1796       45968 :                 is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) scanjoin_target->exprs);
    1797             :         }
    1798             :         else
    1799             :         {
    1800      498522 :             scanjoin_target = grouping_target;
    1801      498522 :             scanjoin_target_parallel_safe = grouping_target_parallel_safe;
    1802             :         }
    1803             : 
    1804             :         /*
    1805             :          * If there are any SRFs in the targetlist, we must separate each of
    1806             :          * these PathTargets into SRF-computing and SRF-free targets.  Replace
    1807             :          * each of the named targets with a SRF-free version, and remember the
    1808             :          * list of additional projection steps we need to add afterwards.
    1809             :          */
    1810      544490 :         if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1811             :         {
    1812             :             /* final_target doesn't recompute any SRFs in sort_input_target */
    1813       12084 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, final_target, sort_input_target,
    1814             :                                      &final_targets,
    1815             :                                      &final_targets_contain_srfs);
    1816       12084 :             final_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, final_targets);
    1817             :             Assert(!linitial_int(final_targets_contain_srfs));
    1818             :             /* likewise for sort_input_target vs. grouping_target */
    1819       12084 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, sort_input_target, grouping_target,
    1820             :                                      &sort_input_targets,
    1821             :                                      &sort_input_targets_contain_srfs);
    1822       12084 :             sort_input_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, sort_input_targets);
    1823             :             Assert(!linitial_int(sort_input_targets_contain_srfs));
    1824             :             /* likewise for grouping_target vs. scanjoin_target */
    1825       12084 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs_grouping(root,
    1826             :                                               grouping_target, scanjoin_target,
    1827             :                                               &grouping_targets,
    1828             :                                               &grouping_targets_contain_srfs);
    1829       12084 :             grouping_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, grouping_targets);
    1830             :             Assert(!linitial_int(grouping_targets_contain_srfs));
    1831             :             /* scanjoin_target will not have any SRFs precomputed for it */
    1832       12084 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, scanjoin_target, NULL,
    1833             :                                      &scanjoin_targets,
    1834             :                                      &scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs);
    1835       12084 :             scanjoin_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
    1836             :             Assert(!linitial_int(scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs));
    1837             :         }
    1838             :         else
    1839             :         {
    1840             :             /* initialize lists; for most of these, dummy values are OK */
    1841      532406 :             final_targets = final_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1842      532406 :             sort_input_targets = sort_input_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1843      532406 :             grouping_targets = grouping_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1844      532406 :             scanjoin_targets = list_make1(scanjoin_target);
    1845      532406 :             scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1846             :         }
    1847             : 
    1848             :         /* Apply scan/join target. */
    1849      544490 :         scanjoin_target_same_exprs = list_length(scanjoin_targets) == 1
    1850      544490 :             && equal(scanjoin_target->exprs, current_rel->reltarget->exprs);
    1851      544490 :         apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(root, current_rel, scanjoin_targets,
    1852             :                                        scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
    1853             :                                        scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
    1854             :                                        scanjoin_target_same_exprs);
    1855             : 
    1856             :         /*
    1857             :          * Save the various upper-rel PathTargets we just computed into
    1858             :          * root->upper_targets[].  The core code doesn't use this, but it
    1859             :          * provides a convenient place for extensions to get at the info.  For
    1860             :          * consistency, we save all the intermediate targets, even though some
    1861             :          * of the corresponding upperrels might not be needed for this query.
    1862             :          */
    1863      544490 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_FINAL] = final_target;
    1864      544490 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_ORDERED] = final_target;
    1865      544490 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_DISTINCT] = sort_input_target;
    1866      544490 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT] = sort_input_target;
    1867      544490 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_WINDOW] = sort_input_target;
    1868      544490 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG] = grouping_target;
    1869             : 
    1870             :         /*
    1871             :          * If we have grouping and/or aggregation, consider ways to implement
    1872             :          * that.  We build a new upperrel representing the output of this
    1873             :          * phase.
    1874             :          */
    1875      544490 :         if (have_grouping)
    1876             :         {
    1877       45968 :             current_rel = create_grouping_paths(root,
    1878             :                                                 current_rel,
    1879             :                                                 grouping_target,
    1880             :                                                 grouping_target_parallel_safe,
    1881             :                                                 gset_data);
    1882             :             /* Fix things up if grouping_target contains SRFs */
    1883       45962 :             if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1884         476 :                 adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
    1885             :                                       grouping_targets,
    1886             :                                       grouping_targets_contain_srfs);
    1887             :         }
    1888             : 
    1889             :         /*
    1890             :          * If we have window functions, consider ways to implement those.  We
    1891             :          * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
    1892             :          */
    1893      544484 :         if (activeWindows)
    1894             :         {
    1895        2676 :             current_rel = create_window_paths(root,
    1896             :                                               current_rel,
    1897             :                                               grouping_target,
    1898             :                                               sort_input_target,
    1899             :                                               sort_input_target_parallel_safe,
    1900             :                                               wflists,
    1901             :                                               activeWindows);
    1902             :             /* Fix things up if sort_input_target contains SRFs */
    1903        2676 :             if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1904          12 :                 adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
    1905             :                                       sort_input_targets,
    1906             :                                       sort_input_targets_contain_srfs);
    1907             :         }
    1908             : 
    1909             :         /*
    1910             :          * If there is a DISTINCT clause, consider ways to implement that. We
    1911             :          * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
    1912             :          */
    1913      544484 :         if (parse->distinctClause)
    1914             :         {
    1915        3024 :             current_rel = create_distinct_paths(root,
    1916             :                                                 current_rel,
    1917             :                                                 sort_input_target);
    1918             :         }
    1919             :     }                           /* end of if (setOperations) */
    1920             : 
    1921             :     /*
    1922             :      * If ORDER BY was given, consider ways to implement that, and generate a
    1923             :      * new upperrel containing only paths that emit the correct ordering and
    1924             :      * project the correct final_target.  We can apply the original
    1925             :      * limit_tuples limit in sort costing here, but only if there are no
    1926             :      * postponed SRFs.
    1927             :      */
    1928      550696 :     if (parse->sortClause)
    1929             :     {
    1930       76072 :         current_rel = create_ordered_paths(root,
    1931             :                                            current_rel,
    1932             :                                            final_target,
    1933             :                                            final_target_parallel_safe,
    1934             :                                            have_postponed_srfs ? -1.0 :
    1935             :                                            limit_tuples);
    1936             :         /* Fix things up if final_target contains SRFs */
    1937       76072 :         if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1938         220 :             adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
    1939             :                                   final_targets,
    1940             :                                   final_targets_contain_srfs);
    1941             :     }
    1942             : 
    1943             :     /*
    1944             :      * Now we are prepared to build the final-output upperrel.
    1945             :      */
    1946      550696 :     final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
    1947             : 
    1948             :     /*
    1949             :      * If the input rel is marked consider_parallel and there's nothing that's
    1950             :      * not parallel-safe in the LIMIT clause, then the final_rel can be marked
    1951             :      * consider_parallel as well.  Note that if the query has rowMarks or is
    1952             :      * not a SELECT, consider_parallel will be false for every relation in the
    1953             :      * query.
    1954             :      */
    1955      731132 :     if (current_rel->consider_parallel &&
    1956      360848 :         is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitOffset) &&
    1957      180412 :         is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitCount))
    1958      180406 :         final_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    1959             : 
    1960             :     /*
    1961             :      * If the current_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the final_rel.
    1962             :      */
    1963      550696 :     final_rel->serverid = current_rel->serverid;
    1964      550696 :     final_rel->userid = current_rel->userid;
    1965      550696 :     final_rel->useridiscurrent = current_rel->useridiscurrent;
    1966      550696 :     final_rel->fdwroutine = current_rel->fdwroutine;
    1967             : 
    1968             :     /*
    1969             :      * Generate paths for the final_rel.  Insert all surviving paths, with
    1970             :      * LockRows, Limit, and/or ModifyTable steps added if needed.
    1971             :      */
    1972     1122432 :     foreach(lc, current_rel->pathlist)
    1973             :     {
    1974      571736 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    1975             : 
    1976             :         /*
    1977             :          * If there is a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, add the LockRows node.
    1978             :          * (Note: we intentionally test parse->rowMarks not root->rowMarks
    1979             :          * here.  If there are only non-locking rowmarks, they should be
    1980             :          * handled by the ModifyTable node instead.  However, root->rowMarks
    1981             :          * is what goes into the LockRows node.)
    1982             :          */
    1983      571736 :         if (parse->rowMarks)
    1984             :         {
    1985       14032 :             path = (Path *) create_lockrows_path(root, final_rel, path,
    1986             :                                                  root->rowMarks,
    1987             :                                                  assign_special_exec_param(root));
    1988             :         }
    1989             : 
    1990             :         /*
    1991             :          * If there is a LIMIT/OFFSET clause, add the LIMIT node.
    1992             :          */
    1993      571736 :         if (limit_needed(parse))
    1994             :         {
    1995        6270 :             path = (Path *) create_limit_path(root, final_rel, path,
    1996             :                                               parse->limitOffset,
    1997             :                                               parse->limitCount,
    1998             :                                               parse->limitOption,
    1999             :                                               offset_est, count_est);
    2000             :         }
    2001             : 
    2002             :         /*
    2003             :          * If this is an INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE, add the ModifyTable node.
    2004             :          */
    2005      571736 :         if (parse->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
    2006             :         {
    2007             :             Index       rootRelation;
    2008       95474 :             List       *resultRelations = NIL;
    2009       95474 :             List       *updateColnosLists = NIL;
    2010       95474 :             List       *withCheckOptionLists = NIL;
    2011       95474 :             List       *returningLists = NIL;
    2012       95474 :             List       *mergeActionLists = NIL;
    2013       95474 :             List       *mergeJoinConditions = NIL;
    2014             :             List       *rowMarks;
    2015             : 
    2016       95474 :             if (bms_membership(root->all_result_relids) == BMS_MULTIPLE)
    2017             :             {
    2018             :                 /* Inherited UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE */
    2019        2916 :                 RelOptInfo *top_result_rel = find_base_rel(root,
    2020             :                                                            parse->resultRelation);
    2021        2916 :                 int         resultRelation = -1;
    2022             : 
    2023             :                 /* Pass the root result rel forward to the executor. */
    2024        2916 :                 rootRelation = parse->resultRelation;
    2025             : 
    2026             :                 /* Add only leaf children to ModifyTable. */
    2027        8474 :                 while ((resultRelation = bms_next_member(root->leaf_result_relids,
    2028        8474 :                                                          resultRelation)) >= 0)
    2029             :                 {
    2030        5558 :                     RelOptInfo *this_result_rel = find_base_rel(root,
    2031             :                                                                 resultRelation);
    2032             : 
    2033             :                     /*
    2034             :                      * Also exclude any leaf rels that have turned dummy since
    2035             :                      * being added to the list, for example, by being excluded
    2036             :                      * by constraint exclusion.
    2037             :                      */
    2038        5558 :                     if (IS_DUMMY_REL(this_result_rel))
    2039         180 :                         continue;
    2040             : 
    2041             :                     /* Build per-target-rel lists needed by ModifyTable */
    2042        5378 :                     resultRelations = lappend_int(resultRelations,
    2043             :                                                   resultRelation);
    2044        5378 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    2045             :                     {
    2046        3696 :                         List       *update_colnos = root->update_colnos;
    2047             : 
    2048        3696 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    2049             :                             update_colnos =
    2050        3696 :                                 adjust_inherited_attnums_multilevel(root,
    2051             :                                                                     update_colnos,
    2052             :                                                                     this_result_rel->relid,
    2053             :                                                                     top_result_rel->relid);
    2054        3696 :                         updateColnosLists = lappend(updateColnosLists,
    2055             :                                                     update_colnos);
    2056             :                     }
    2057        5378 :                     if (parse->withCheckOptions)
    2058             :                     {
    2059         504 :                         List       *withCheckOptions = parse->withCheckOptions;
    2060             : 
    2061         504 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    2062             :                             withCheckOptions = (List *)
    2063         504 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    2064             :                                                                   (Node *) withCheckOptions,
    2065             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    2066             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    2067         504 :                         withCheckOptionLists = lappend(withCheckOptionLists,
    2068             :                                                        withCheckOptions);
    2069             :                     }
    2070        5378 :                     if (parse->returningList)
    2071             :                     {
    2072         846 :                         List       *returningList = parse->returningList;
    2073             : 
    2074         846 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    2075             :                             returningList = (List *)
    2076         846 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    2077             :                                                                   (Node *) returningList,
    2078             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    2079             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    2080         846 :                         returningLists = lappend(returningLists,
    2081             :                                                  returningList);
    2082             :                     }
    2083        5378 :                     if (parse->mergeActionList)
    2084             :                     {
    2085             :                         ListCell   *l;
    2086         542 :                         List       *mergeActionList = NIL;
    2087             : 
    2088             :                         /*
    2089             :                          * Copy MergeActions and translate stuff that
    2090             :                          * references attribute numbers.
    2091             :                          */
    2092        1692 :                         foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
    2093             :                         {
    2094        1150 :                             MergeAction *action = lfirst(l),
    2095        1150 :                                        *leaf_action = copyObject(action);
    2096             : 
    2097        1150 :                             leaf_action->qual =
    2098        1150 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    2099             :                                                                   (Node *) action->qual,
    2100             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    2101             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    2102        1150 :                             leaf_action->targetList = (List *)
    2103        1150 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    2104        1150 :                                                                   (Node *) action->targetList,
    2105             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    2106             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    2107        1150 :                             if (leaf_action->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    2108         642 :                                 leaf_action->updateColnos =
    2109         642 :                                     adjust_inherited_attnums_multilevel(root,
    2110             :                                                                         action->updateColnos,
    2111             :                                                                         this_result_rel->relid,
    2112             :                                                                         top_result_rel->relid);
    2113        1150 :                             mergeActionList = lappend(mergeActionList,
    2114             :                                                       leaf_action);
    2115             :                         }
    2116             : 
    2117         542 :                         mergeActionLists = lappend(mergeActionLists,
    2118             :                                                    mergeActionList);
    2119             :                     }
    2120        5378 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
    2121             :                     {
    2122         542 :                         Node       *mergeJoinCondition = parse->mergeJoinCondition;
    2123             : 
    2124         542 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    2125             :                             mergeJoinCondition =
    2126         542 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    2127             :                                                                   mergeJoinCondition,
    2128             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    2129             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    2130         542 :                         mergeJoinConditions = lappend(mergeJoinConditions,
    2131             :                                                       mergeJoinCondition);
    2132             :                     }
    2133             :                 }
    2134             : 
    2135        2916 :                 if (resultRelations == NIL)
    2136             :                 {
    2137             :                     /*
    2138             :                      * We managed to exclude every child rel, so generate a
    2139             :                      * dummy one-relation plan using info for the top target
    2140             :                      * rel (even though that may not be a leaf target).
    2141             :                      * Although it's clear that no data will be updated or
    2142             :                      * deleted, we still need to have a ModifyTable node so
    2143             :                      * that any statement triggers will be executed.  (This
    2144             :                      * could be cleaner if we fixed nodeModifyTable.c to allow
    2145             :                      * zero target relations, but that probably wouldn't be a
    2146             :                      * net win.)
    2147             :                      */
    2148          36 :                     resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
    2149          36 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    2150          32 :                         updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
    2151          36 :                     if (parse->withCheckOptions)
    2152           0 :                         withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
    2153          36 :                     if (parse->returningList)
    2154          18 :                         returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
    2155          36 :                     if (parse->mergeActionList)
    2156           2 :                         mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
    2157          36 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
    2158           2 :                         mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
    2159             :                 }
    2160             :             }
    2161             :             else
    2162             :             {
    2163             :                 /* Single-relation INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE. */
    2164       92558 :                 rootRelation = 0;   /* there's no separate root rel */
    2165       92558 :                 resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
    2166       92558 :                 if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    2167       12694 :                     updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
    2168       92558 :                 if (parse->withCheckOptions)
    2169        1040 :                     withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
    2170       92558 :                 if (parse->returningList)
    2171        2570 :                     returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
    2172       92558 :                 if (parse->mergeActionList)
    2173        1602 :                     mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
    2174       92558 :                 if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
    2175        1602 :                     mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
    2176             :             }
    2177             : 
    2178             :             /*
    2179             :              * If there was a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, the LockRows node
    2180             :              * will have dealt with fetching non-locked marked rows, else we
    2181             :              * need to have ModifyTable do that.
    2182             :              */
    2183       95474 :             if (parse->rowMarks)
    2184           0 :                 rowMarks = NIL;
    2185             :             else
    2186       95474 :                 rowMarks = root->rowMarks;
    2187             : 
    2188             :             path = (Path *)
    2189       95474 :                 create_modifytable_path(root, final_rel,
    2190             :                                         path,
    2191             :                                         parse->commandType,
    2192       95474 :                                         parse->canSetTag,
    2193       95474 :                                         parse->resultRelation,
    2194             :                                         rootRelation,
    2195             :                                         resultRelations,
    2196             :                                         updateColnosLists,
    2197             :                                         withCheckOptionLists,
    2198             :                                         returningLists,
    2199             :                                         rowMarks,
    2200             :                                         parse->onConflict,
    2201             :                                         mergeActionLists,
    2202             :                                         mergeJoinConditions,
    2203             :                                         assign_special_exec_param(root));
    2204             :         }
    2205             : 
    2206             :         /* And shove it into final_rel */
    2207      571736 :         add_path(final_rel, path);
    2208             :     }
    2209             : 
    2210             :     /*
    2211             :      * Generate partial paths for final_rel, too, if outer query levels might
    2212             :      * be able to make use of them.
    2213             :      */
    2214      550696 :     if (final_rel->consider_parallel && root->query_level > 1 &&
    2215       31002 :         !limit_needed(parse))
    2216             :     {
    2217             :         Assert(!parse->rowMarks && parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
    2218       30936 :         foreach(lc, current_rel->partial_pathlist)
    2219             :         {
    2220         120 :             Path       *partial_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    2221             : 
    2222         120 :             add_partial_path(final_rel, partial_path);
    2223             :         }
    2224             :     }
    2225             : 
    2226      550696 :     extra.limit_needed = limit_needed(parse);
    2227      550696 :     extra.limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
    2228      550696 :     extra.count_est = count_est;
    2229      550696 :     extra.offset_est = offset_est;
    2230             : 
    2231             :     /*
    2232             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    2233             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    2234             :      */
    2235      550696 :     if (final_rel->fdwroutine &&
    2236        1264 :         final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    2237        1192 :         final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
    2238             :                                                     current_rel, final_rel,
    2239             :                                                     &extra);
    2240             : 
    2241             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    2242      550696 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    2243           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
    2244             :                                     current_rel, final_rel, &extra);
    2245             : 
    2246             :     /* Note: currently, we leave it to callers to do set_cheapest() */
    2247      550696 : }
    2248             : 
    2249             : /*
    2250             :  * Do preprocessing for groupingSets clause and related data.
    2251             :  *
    2252             :  * We expect that parse->groupingSets has already been expanded into a flat
    2253             :  * list of grouping sets (that is, just integer Lists of ressortgroupref
    2254             :  * numbers) by expand_grouping_sets().  This function handles the preliminary
    2255             :  * steps of organizing the grouping sets into lists of rollups, and preparing
    2256             :  * annotations which will later be filled in with size estimates.
    2257             :  */
    2258             : static grouping_sets_data *
    2259        1020 : preprocess_grouping_sets(PlannerInfo *root)
    2260             : {
    2261        1020 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2262             :     List       *sets;
    2263        1020 :     int         maxref = 0;
    2264             :     ListCell   *lc_set;
    2265        1020 :     grouping_sets_data *gd = palloc0_object(grouping_sets_data);
    2266             : 
    2267             :     /*
    2268             :      * We don't currently make any attempt to optimize the groupClause when
    2269             :      * there are grouping sets, so just duplicate it in processed_groupClause.
    2270             :      */
    2271        1020 :     root->processed_groupClause = parse->groupClause;
    2272             : 
    2273             :     /* Detect unhashable and unsortable grouping expressions */
    2274        1020 :     gd->any_hashable = false;
    2275        1020 :     gd->unhashable_refs = NULL;
    2276        1020 :     gd->unsortable_refs = NULL;
    2277        1020 :     gd->unsortable_sets = NIL;
    2278             : 
    2279        1020 :     if (parse->groupClause)
    2280             :     {
    2281             :         ListCell   *lc;
    2282             : 
    2283        2980 :         foreach(lc, parse->groupClause)
    2284             :         {
    2285        2038 :             SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
    2286        2038 :             Index       ref = gc->tleSortGroupRef;
    2287             : 
    2288        2038 :             if (ref > maxref)
    2289        1990 :                 maxref = ref;
    2290             : 
    2291        2038 :             if (!gc->hashable)
    2292          30 :                 gd->unhashable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unhashable_refs, ref);
    2293             : 
    2294        2038 :             if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop))
    2295          42 :                 gd->unsortable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unsortable_refs, ref);
    2296             :         }
    2297             :     }
    2298             : 
    2299             :     /* Allocate workspace array for remapping */
    2300        1020 :     gd->tleref_to_colnum_map = (int *) palloc((maxref + 1) * sizeof(int));
    2301             : 
    2302             :     /*
    2303             :      * If we have any unsortable sets, we must extract them before trying to
    2304             :      * prepare rollups. Unsortable sets don't go through
    2305             :      * reorder_grouping_sets, so we must apply the GroupingSetData annotation
    2306             :      * here.
    2307             :      */
    2308        1020 :     if (!bms_is_empty(gd->unsortable_refs))
    2309             :     {
    2310          42 :         List       *sortable_sets = NIL;
    2311             :         ListCell   *lc;
    2312             : 
    2313         126 :         foreach(lc, parse->groupingSets)
    2314             :         {
    2315          90 :             List       *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    2316             : 
    2317          90 :             if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unsortable_refs, gset))
    2318             :             {
    2319          48 :                 GroupingSetData *gs = makeNode(GroupingSetData);
    2320             : 
    2321          48 :                 gs->set = gset;
    2322          48 :                 gd->unsortable_sets = lappend(gd->unsortable_sets, gs);
    2323             : 
    2324             :                 /*
    2325             :                  * We must enforce here that an unsortable set is hashable;
    2326             :                  * later code assumes this.  Parse analysis only checks that
    2327             :                  * every individual column is either hashable or sortable.
    2328             :                  *
    2329             :                  * Note that passing this test doesn't guarantee we can
    2330             :                  * generate a plan; there might be other showstoppers.
    2331             :                  */
    2332          48 :                 if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gset))
    2333           6 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    2334             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2335             :                              errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
    2336             :                              errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
    2337             :             }
    2338             :             else
    2339          42 :                 sortable_sets = lappend(sortable_sets, gset);
    2340             :         }
    2341             : 
    2342          36 :         if (sortable_sets)
    2343          30 :             sets = extract_rollup_sets(sortable_sets);
    2344             :         else
    2345           6 :             sets = NIL;
    2346             :     }
    2347             :     else
    2348         978 :         sets = extract_rollup_sets(parse->groupingSets);
    2349             : 
    2350        2654 :     foreach(lc_set, sets)
    2351             :     {
    2352        1640 :         List       *current_sets = (List *) lfirst(lc_set);
    2353        1640 :         RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    2354             :         GroupingSetData *gs;
    2355             : 
    2356             :         /*
    2357             :          * Reorder the current list of grouping sets into correct prefix
    2358             :          * order.  If only one aggregation pass is needed, try to make the
    2359             :          * list match the ORDER BY clause; if more than one pass is needed, we
    2360             :          * don't bother with that.
    2361             :          *
    2362             :          * Note that this reorders the sets from smallest-member-first to
    2363             :          * largest-member-first, and applies the GroupingSetData annotations,
    2364             :          * though the data will be filled in later.
    2365             :          */
    2366        1640 :         current_sets = reorder_grouping_sets(current_sets,
    2367        1640 :                                              (list_length(sets) == 1
    2368             :                                               ? parse->sortClause
    2369             :                                               : NIL));
    2370             : 
    2371             :         /*
    2372             :          * Get the initial (and therefore largest) grouping set.
    2373             :          */
    2374        1640 :         gs = linitial_node(GroupingSetData, current_sets);
    2375             : 
    2376             :         /*
    2377             :          * Order the groupClause appropriately.  If the first grouping set is
    2378             :          * empty, then the groupClause must also be empty; otherwise we have
    2379             :          * to force the groupClause to match that grouping set's order.
    2380             :          *
    2381             :          * (The first grouping set can be empty even though parse->groupClause
    2382             :          * is not empty only if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable.
    2383             :          * The groupClauses for hashed grouping sets are built later on.)
    2384             :          */
    2385        1640 :         if (gs->set)
    2386        1562 :             rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
    2387             :         else
    2388          78 :             rollup->groupClause = NIL;
    2389             : 
    2390             :         /*
    2391             :          * Is it hashable? We pretend empty sets are hashable even though we
    2392             :          * actually force them not to be hashed later. But don't bother if
    2393             :          * there's nothing but empty sets (since in that case we can't hash
    2394             :          * anything).
    2395             :          */
    2396        1640 :         if (gs->set &&
    2397        1562 :             !bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gs->set))
    2398             :         {
    2399        1538 :             rollup->hashable = true;
    2400        1538 :             gd->any_hashable = true;
    2401             :         }
    2402             : 
    2403             :         /*
    2404             :          * Now that we've pinned down an order for the groupClause for this
    2405             :          * list of grouping sets, we need to remap the entries in the grouping
    2406             :          * sets from sortgrouprefs to plain indices (0-based) into the
    2407             :          * groupClause for this collection of grouping sets. We keep the
    2408             :          * original form for later use, though.
    2409             :          */
    2410        1640 :         rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
    2411             :                                                  current_sets,
    2412             :                                                  gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    2413        1640 :         rollup->gsets_data = current_sets;
    2414             : 
    2415        1640 :         gd->rollups = lappend(gd->rollups, rollup);
    2416             :     }
    2417             : 
    2418        1014 :     if (gd->unsortable_sets)
    2419             :     {
    2420             :         /*
    2421             :          * We have not yet pinned down a groupclause for this, but we will
    2422             :          * need index-based lists for estimation purposes. Construct
    2423             :          * hash_sets_idx based on the entire original groupclause for now.
    2424             :          */
    2425          36 :         gd->hash_sets_idx = remap_to_groupclause_idx(parse->groupClause,
    2426             :                                                      gd->unsortable_sets,
    2427             :                                                      gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    2428          36 :         gd->any_hashable = true;
    2429             :     }
    2430             : 
    2431        1014 :     return gd;
    2432             : }
    2433             : 
    2434             : /*
    2435             :  * Given a groupclause and a list of GroupingSetData, return equivalent sets
    2436             :  * (without annotation) mapped to indexes into the given groupclause.
    2437             :  */
    2438             : static List *
    2439        4628 : remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause,
    2440             :                          List *gsets,
    2441             :                          int *tleref_to_colnum_map)
    2442             : {
    2443        4628 :     int         ref = 0;
    2444        4628 :     List       *result = NIL;
    2445             :     ListCell   *lc;
    2446             : 
    2447       11132 :     foreach(lc, groupClause)
    2448             :     {
    2449        6504 :         SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
    2450             : 
    2451        6504 :         tleref_to_colnum_map[gc->tleSortGroupRef] = ref++;
    2452             :     }
    2453             : 
    2454       10640 :     foreach(lc, gsets)
    2455             :     {
    2456        6012 :         List       *set = NIL;
    2457             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    2458        6012 :         GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
    2459             : 
    2460       13378 :         foreach(lc2, gs->set)
    2461             :         {
    2462        7366 :             set = lappend_int(set, tleref_to_colnum_map[lfirst_int(lc2)]);
    2463             :         }
    2464             : 
    2465        6012 :         result = lappend(result, set);
    2466             :     }
    2467             : 
    2468        4628 :     return result;
    2469             : }
    2470             : 
    2471             : 
    2472             : /*
    2473             :  * preprocess_rowmarks - set up PlanRowMarks if needed
    2474             :  */
    2475             : static void
    2476      554748 : preprocess_rowmarks(PlannerInfo *root)
    2477             : {
    2478      554748 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2479             :     Bitmapset  *rels;
    2480             :     List       *prowmarks;
    2481             :     ListCell   *l;
    2482             :     int         i;
    2483             : 
    2484      554748 :     if (parse->rowMarks)
    2485             :     {
    2486             :         /*
    2487             :          * We've got trouble if FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE appears inside
    2488             :          * grouping, since grouping renders a reference to individual tuple
    2489             :          * CTIDs invalid.  This is also checked at parse time, but that's
    2490             :          * insufficient because of rule substitution, query pullup, etc.
    2491             :          */
    2492       13544 :         CheckSelectLocking(parse, linitial_node(RowMarkClause,
    2493             :                                                 parse->rowMarks)->strength);
    2494             :     }
    2495             :     else
    2496             :     {
    2497             :         /*
    2498             :          * We only need rowmarks for UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE, or FOR [KEY]
    2499             :          * UPDATE/SHARE.
    2500             :          */
    2501      541204 :         if (parse->commandType != CMD_UPDATE &&
    2502      526466 :             parse->commandType != CMD_DELETE &&
    2503      522082 :             parse->commandType != CMD_MERGE)
    2504      520228 :             return;
    2505             :     }
    2506             : 
    2507             :     /*
    2508             :      * We need to have rowmarks for all base relations except the target. We
    2509             :      * make a bitmapset of all base rels and then remove the items we don't
    2510             :      * need or have FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE marks for.
    2511             :      */
    2512       34520 :     rels = get_relids_in_jointree((Node *) parse->jointree, false, false);
    2513       34520 :     if (parse->resultRelation)
    2514       20976 :         rels = bms_del_member(rels, parse->resultRelation);
    2515             : 
    2516             :     /*
    2517             :      * Convert RowMarkClauses to PlanRowMark representation.
    2518             :      */
    2519       34520 :     prowmarks = NIL;
    2520       48294 :     foreach(l, parse->rowMarks)
    2521             :     {
    2522       13774 :         RowMarkClause *rc = lfirst_node(RowMarkClause, l);
    2523       13774 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(rc->rti, parse->rtable);
    2524             :         PlanRowMark *newrc;
    2525             : 
    2526             :         /*
    2527             :          * Currently, it is syntactically impossible to have FOR UPDATE et al
    2528             :          * applied to an update/delete target rel.  If that ever becomes
    2529             :          * possible, we should drop the target from the PlanRowMark list.
    2530             :          */
    2531             :         Assert(rc->rti != parse->resultRelation);
    2532             : 
    2533             :         /*
    2534             :          * Ignore RowMarkClauses for subqueries; they aren't real tables and
    2535             :          * can't support true locking.  Subqueries that got flattened into the
    2536             :          * main query should be ignored completely.  Any that didn't will get
    2537             :          * ROW_MARK_COPY items in the next loop.
    2538             :          */
    2539       13774 :         if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
    2540          60 :             continue;
    2541             : 
    2542       13714 :         rels = bms_del_member(rels, rc->rti);
    2543             : 
    2544       13714 :         newrc = makeNode(PlanRowMark);
    2545       13714 :         newrc->rti = newrc->prti = rc->rti;
    2546       13714 :         newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
    2547       13714 :         newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, rc->strength);
    2548       13714 :         newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
    2549       13714 :         newrc->strength = rc->strength;
    2550       13714 :         newrc->waitPolicy = rc->waitPolicy;
    2551       13714 :         newrc->isParent = false;
    2552             : 
    2553       13714 :         prowmarks = lappend(prowmarks, newrc);
    2554             :     }
    2555             : 
    2556             :     /*
    2557             :      * Now, add rowmarks for any non-target, non-locked base relations.
    2558             :      */
    2559       34520 :     i = 0;
    2560       79900 :     foreach(l, parse->rtable)
    2561             :     {
    2562       45380 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
    2563             :         PlanRowMark *newrc;
    2564             : 
    2565       45380 :         i++;
    2566       45380 :         if (!bms_is_member(i, rels))
    2567       41610 :             continue;
    2568             : 
    2569        3770 :         newrc = makeNode(PlanRowMark);
    2570        3770 :         newrc->rti = newrc->prti = i;
    2571        3770 :         newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
    2572        3770 :         newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, LCS_NONE);
    2573        3770 :         newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
    2574        3770 :         newrc->strength = LCS_NONE;
    2575        3770 :         newrc->waitPolicy = LockWaitBlock;   /* doesn't matter */
    2576        3770 :         newrc->isParent = false;
    2577             : 
    2578        3770 :         prowmarks = lappend(prowmarks, newrc);
    2579             :     }
    2580             : 
    2581       34520 :     root->rowMarks = prowmarks;
    2582             : }
    2583             : 
    2584             : /*
    2585             :  * Select RowMarkType to use for a given table
    2586             :  */
    2587             : RowMarkType
    2588       19900 : select_rowmark_type(RangeTblEntry *rte, LockClauseStrength strength)
    2589             : {
    2590       19900 :     if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
    2591             :     {
    2592             :         /* If it's not a table at all, use ROW_MARK_COPY */
    2593        1438 :         return ROW_MARK_COPY;
    2594             :     }
    2595       18462 :     else if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
    2596             :     {
    2597             :         /* Let the FDW select the rowmark type, if it wants to */
    2598         228 :         FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = GetFdwRoutineByRelId(rte->relid);
    2599             : 
    2600         228 :         if (fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType != NULL)
    2601           0 :             return fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType(rte, strength);
    2602             :         /* Otherwise, use ROW_MARK_COPY by default */
    2603         228 :         return ROW_MARK_COPY;
    2604             :     }
    2605             :     else
    2606             :     {
    2607             :         /* Regular table, apply the appropriate lock type */
    2608       18234 :         switch (strength)
    2609             :         {
    2610        2546 :             case LCS_NONE:
    2611             : 
    2612             :                 /*
    2613             :                  * We don't need a tuple lock, only the ability to re-fetch
    2614             :                  * the row.
    2615             :                  */
    2616        2546 :                 return ROW_MARK_REFERENCE;
    2617             :                 break;
    2618       13756 :             case LCS_FORKEYSHARE:
    2619       13756 :                 return ROW_MARK_KEYSHARE;
    2620             :                 break;
    2621         306 :             case LCS_FORSHARE:
    2622         306 :                 return ROW_MARK_SHARE;
    2623             :                 break;
    2624          78 :             case LCS_FORNOKEYUPDATE:
    2625          78 :                 return ROW_MARK_NOKEYEXCLUSIVE;
    2626             :                 break;
    2627        1548 :             case LCS_FORUPDATE:
    2628        1548 :                 return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE;
    2629             :                 break;
    2630             :         }
    2631           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized LockClauseStrength %d", (int) strength);
    2632             :         return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE;  /* keep compiler quiet */
    2633             :     }
    2634             : }
    2635             : 
    2636             : /*
    2637             :  * preprocess_limit - do pre-estimation for LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses
    2638             :  *
    2639             :  * We try to estimate the values of the LIMIT/OFFSET clauses, and pass the
    2640             :  * results back in *count_est and *offset_est.  These variables are set to
    2641             :  * 0 if the corresponding clause is not present, and -1 if it's present
    2642             :  * but we couldn't estimate the value for it.  (The "0" convention is OK
    2643             :  * for OFFSET but a little bit bogus for LIMIT: effectively we estimate
    2644             :  * LIMIT 0 as though it were LIMIT 1.  But this is in line with the planner's
    2645             :  * usual practice of never estimating less than one row.)  These values will
    2646             :  * be passed to create_limit_path, which see if you change this code.
    2647             :  *
    2648             :  * The return value is the suitably adjusted tuple_fraction to use for
    2649             :  * planning the query.  This adjustment is not overridable, since it reflects
    2650             :  * plan actions that grouping_planner() will certainly take, not assumptions
    2651             :  * about context.
    2652             :  */
    2653             : static double
    2654        5246 : preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
    2655             :                  int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est)
    2656             : {
    2657        5246 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2658             :     Node       *est;
    2659             :     double      limit_fraction;
    2660             : 
    2661             :     /* Should not be called unless LIMIT or OFFSET */
    2662             :     Assert(parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset);
    2663             : 
    2664             :     /*
    2665             :      * Try to obtain the clause values.  We use estimate_expression_value
    2666             :      * primarily because it can sometimes do something useful with Params.
    2667             :      */
    2668        5246 :     if (parse->limitCount)
    2669             :     {
    2670        4718 :         est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitCount);
    2671        4718 :         if (est && IsA(est, Const))
    2672             :         {
    2673        4712 :             if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
    2674             :             {
    2675             :                 /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
    2676           0 :                 *count_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
    2677             :             }
    2678             :             else
    2679             :             {
    2680        4712 :                 *count_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
    2681        4712 :                 if (*count_est <= 0)
    2682         150 :                     *count_est = 1; /* force to at least 1 */
    2683             :             }
    2684             :         }
    2685             :         else
    2686           6 :             *count_est = -1;    /* can't estimate */
    2687             :     }
    2688             :     else
    2689         528 :         *count_est = 0;         /* not present */
    2690             : 
    2691        5246 :     if (parse->limitOffset)
    2692             :     {
    2693         900 :         est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitOffset);
    2694         900 :         if (est && IsA(est, Const))
    2695             :         {
    2696         876 :             if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
    2697             :             {
    2698             :                 /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor will too */
    2699           0 :                 *offset_est = 0;    /* treat as not present */
    2700             :             }
    2701             :             else
    2702             :             {
    2703         876 :                 *offset_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
    2704         876 :                 if (*offset_est < 0)
    2705           0 :                     *offset_est = 0;    /* treat as not present */
    2706             :             }
    2707             :         }
    2708             :         else
    2709          24 :             *offset_est = -1;   /* can't estimate */
    2710             :     }
    2711             :     else
    2712        4346 :         *offset_est = 0;        /* not present */
    2713             : 
    2714        5246 :     if (*count_est != 0)
    2715             :     {
    2716             :         /*
    2717             :          * A LIMIT clause limits the absolute number of tuples returned.
    2718             :          * However, if it's not a constant LIMIT then we have to guess; for
    2719             :          * lack of a better idea, assume 10% of the plan's result is wanted.
    2720             :          */
    2721        4718 :         if (*count_est < 0 || *offset_est < 0)
    2722             :         {
    2723             :             /* LIMIT or OFFSET is an expression ... punt ... */
    2724          24 :             limit_fraction = 0.10;
    2725             :         }
    2726             :         else
    2727             :         {
    2728             :             /* LIMIT (plus OFFSET, if any) is max number of tuples needed */
    2729        4694 :             limit_fraction = (double) *count_est + (double) *offset_est;
    2730             :         }
    2731             : 
    2732             :         /*
    2733             :          * If we have absolute limits from both caller and LIMIT, use the
    2734             :          * smaller value; likewise if they are both fractional.  If one is
    2735             :          * fractional and the other absolute, we can't easily determine which
    2736             :          * is smaller, but we use the heuristic that the absolute will usually
    2737             :          * be smaller.
    2738             :          */
    2739        4718 :         if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
    2740             :         {
    2741           6 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2742             :             {
    2743             :                 /* both absolute */
    2744           6 :                 tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
    2745             :             }
    2746             :             else
    2747             :             {
    2748             :                 /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use caller's value */
    2749             :             }
    2750             :         }
    2751        4712 :         else if (tuple_fraction > 0.0)
    2752             :         {
    2753         148 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2754             :             {
    2755             :                 /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use limit */
    2756         148 :                 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
    2757             :             }
    2758             :             else
    2759             :             {
    2760             :                 /* both fractional */
    2761           0 :                 tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
    2762             :             }
    2763             :         }
    2764             :         else
    2765             :         {
    2766             :             /* no info from caller, just use limit */
    2767        4564 :             tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
    2768             :         }
    2769             :     }
    2770         528 :     else if (*offset_est != 0 && tuple_fraction > 0.0)
    2771             :     {
    2772             :         /*
    2773             :          * We have an OFFSET but no LIMIT.  This acts entirely differently
    2774             :          * from the LIMIT case: here, we need to increase rather than decrease
    2775             :          * the caller's tuple_fraction, because the OFFSET acts to cause more
    2776             :          * tuples to be fetched instead of fewer.  This only matters if we got
    2777             :          * a tuple_fraction > 0, however.
    2778             :          *
    2779             :          * As above, use 10% if OFFSET is present but unestimatable.
    2780             :          */
    2781          16 :         if (*offset_est < 0)
    2782           0 :             limit_fraction = 0.10;
    2783             :         else
    2784          16 :             limit_fraction = (double) *offset_est;
    2785             : 
    2786             :         /*
    2787             :          * If we have absolute counts from both caller and OFFSET, add them
    2788             :          * together; likewise if they are both fractional.  If one is
    2789             :          * fractional and the other absolute, we want to take the larger, and
    2790             :          * we heuristically assume that's the fractional one.
    2791             :          */
    2792          16 :         if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
    2793             :         {
    2794           0 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2795             :             {
    2796             :                 /* both absolute, so add them together */
    2797           0 :                 tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
    2798             :             }
    2799             :             else
    2800             :             {
    2801             :                 /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use limit */
    2802           0 :                 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
    2803             :             }
    2804             :         }
    2805             :         else
    2806             :         {
    2807          16 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2808             :             {
    2809             :                 /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use caller's value */
    2810             :             }
    2811             :             else
    2812             :             {
    2813             :                 /* both fractional, so add them together */
    2814           0 :                 tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
    2815           0 :                 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
    2816           0 :                     tuple_fraction = 0.0;   /* assume fetch all */
    2817             :             }
    2818             :         }
    2819             :     }
    2820             : 
    2821        5246 :     return tuple_fraction;
    2822             : }
    2823             : 
    2824             : /*
    2825             :  * limit_needed - do we actually need a Limit plan node?
    2826             :  *
    2827             :  * If we have constant-zero OFFSET and constant-null LIMIT, we can skip adding
    2828             :  * a Limit node.  This is worth checking for because "OFFSET 0" is a common
    2829             :  * locution for an optimization fence.  (Because other places in the planner
    2830             :  * merely check whether parse->limitOffset isn't NULL, it will still work as
    2831             :  * an optimization fence --- we're just suppressing unnecessary run-time
    2832             :  * overhead.)
    2833             :  *
    2834             :  * This might look like it could be merged into preprocess_limit, but there's
    2835             :  * a key distinction: here we need hard constants in OFFSET/LIMIT, whereas
    2836             :  * in preprocess_limit it's good enough to consider estimated values.
    2837             :  */
    2838             : bool
    2839     1173724 : limit_needed(Query *parse)
    2840             : {
    2841             :     Node       *node;
    2842             : 
    2843     1173724 :     node = parse->limitCount;
    2844     1173724 :     if (node)
    2845             :     {
    2846       11304 :         if (IsA(node, Const))
    2847             :         {
    2848             :             /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
    2849       11068 :             if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
    2850       11068 :                 return true;    /* LIMIT with a constant value */
    2851             :         }
    2852             :         else
    2853         236 :             return true;        /* non-constant LIMIT */
    2854             :     }
    2855             : 
    2856     1162420 :     node = parse->limitOffset;
    2857     1162420 :     if (node)
    2858             :     {
    2859        1534 :         if (IsA(node, Const))
    2860             :         {
    2861             :             /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor would too */
    2862        1226 :             if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
    2863             :             {
    2864        1226 :                 int64       offset = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) node)->constvalue);
    2865             : 
    2866        1226 :                 if (offset != 0)
    2867         146 :                     return true;    /* OFFSET with a nonzero value */
    2868             :             }
    2869             :         }
    2870             :         else
    2871         308 :             return true;        /* non-constant OFFSET */
    2872             :     }
    2873             : 
    2874     1161966 :     return false;               /* don't need a Limit plan node */
    2875             : }
    2876             : 
    2877             : /*
    2878             :  * preprocess_groupclause - do preparatory work on GROUP BY clause
    2879             :  *
    2880             :  * The idea here is to adjust the ordering of the GROUP BY elements
    2881             :  * (which in itself is semantically insignificant) to match ORDER BY,
    2882             :  * thereby allowing a single sort operation to both implement the ORDER BY
    2883             :  * requirement and set up for a Unique step that implements GROUP BY.
    2884             :  * We also consider partial match between GROUP BY and ORDER BY elements,
    2885             :  * which could allow to implement ORDER BY using the incremental sort.
    2886             :  *
    2887             :  * We also consider other orderings of the GROUP BY elements, which could
    2888             :  * match the sort ordering of other possible plans (eg an indexscan) and
    2889             :  * thereby reduce cost.  This is implemented during the generation of grouping
    2890             :  * paths.  See get_useful_group_keys_orderings() for details.
    2891             :  *
    2892             :  * Note: we need no comparable processing of the distinctClause because
    2893             :  * the parser already enforced that that matches ORDER BY.
    2894             :  *
    2895             :  * Note: we return a fresh List, but its elements are the same
    2896             :  * SortGroupClauses appearing in parse->groupClause.  This is important
    2897             :  * because later processing may modify the processed_groupClause list.
    2898             :  *
    2899             :  * For grouping sets, the order of items is instead forced to agree with that
    2900             :  * of the grouping set (and items not in the grouping set are skipped). The
    2901             :  * work of sorting the order of grouping set elements to match the ORDER BY if
    2902             :  * possible is done elsewhere.
    2903             :  */
    2904             : static List *
    2905        8646 : preprocess_groupclause(PlannerInfo *root, List *force)
    2906             : {
    2907        8646 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2908        8646 :     List       *new_groupclause = NIL;
    2909             :     ListCell   *sl;
    2910             :     ListCell   *gl;
    2911             : 
    2912             :     /* For grouping sets, we need to force the ordering */
    2913        8646 :     if (force)
    2914             :     {
    2915       10940 :         foreach(sl, force)
    2916             :         {
    2917        6426 :             Index       ref = lfirst_int(sl);
    2918        6426 :             SortGroupClause *cl = get_sortgroupref_clause(ref, parse->groupClause);
    2919             : 
    2920        6426 :             new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, cl);
    2921             :         }
    2922             : 
    2923        4514 :         return new_groupclause;
    2924             :     }
    2925             : 
    2926             :     /* If no ORDER BY, nothing useful to do here */
    2927        4132 :     if (parse->sortClause == NIL)
    2928        2316 :         return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
    2929             : 
    2930             :     /*
    2931             :      * Scan the ORDER BY clause and construct a list of matching GROUP BY
    2932             :      * items, but only as far as we can make a matching prefix.
    2933             :      *
    2934             :      * This code assumes that the sortClause contains no duplicate items.
    2935             :      */
    2936        3538 :     foreach(sl, parse->sortClause)
    2937             :     {
    2938        2368 :         SortGroupClause *sc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, sl);
    2939             : 
    2940        3464 :         foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
    2941             :         {
    2942        2818 :             SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, gl);
    2943             : 
    2944        2818 :             if (equal(gc, sc))
    2945             :             {
    2946        1722 :                 new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, gc);
    2947        1722 :                 break;
    2948             :             }
    2949             :         }
    2950        2368 :         if (gl == NULL)
    2951         646 :             break;              /* no match, so stop scanning */
    2952             :     }
    2953             : 
    2954             : 
    2955             :     /* If no match at all, no point in reordering GROUP BY */
    2956        1816 :     if (new_groupclause == NIL)
    2957         298 :         return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
    2958             : 
    2959             :     /*
    2960             :      * Add any remaining GROUP BY items to the new list.  We don't require a
    2961             :      * complete match, because even partial match allows ORDER BY to be
    2962             :      * implemented using incremental sort.  Also, give up if there are any
    2963             :      * non-sortable GROUP BY items, since then there's no hope anyway.
    2964             :      */
    2965        3406 :     foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
    2966             :     {
    2967        1888 :         SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, gl);
    2968             : 
    2969        1888 :         if (list_member_ptr(new_groupclause, gc))
    2970        1722 :             continue;           /* it matched an ORDER BY item */
    2971         166 :         if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop)) /* give up, GROUP BY can't be sorted */
    2972           0 :             return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
    2973         166 :         new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, gc);
    2974             :     }
    2975             : 
    2976             :     /* Success --- install the rearranged GROUP BY list */
    2977             :     Assert(list_length(parse->groupClause) == list_length(new_groupclause));
    2978        1518 :     return new_groupclause;
    2979             : }
    2980             : 
    2981             : /*
    2982             :  * Extract lists of grouping sets that can be implemented using a single
    2983             :  * rollup-type aggregate pass each. Returns a list of lists of grouping sets.
    2984             :  *
    2985             :  * Input must be sorted with smallest sets first. Result has each sublist
    2986             :  * sorted with smallest sets first.
    2987             :  *
    2988             :  * We want to produce the absolute minimum possible number of lists here to
    2989             :  * avoid excess sorts. Fortunately, there is an algorithm for this; the problem
    2990             :  * of finding the minimal partition of a partially-ordered set into chains
    2991             :  * (which is what we need, taking the list of grouping sets as a poset ordered
    2992             :  * by set inclusion) can be mapped to the problem of finding the maximum
    2993             :  * cardinality matching on a bipartite graph, which is solvable in polynomial
    2994             :  * time with a worst case of no worse than O(n^2.5) and usually much
    2995             :  * better. Since our N is at most 4096, we don't need to consider fallbacks to
    2996             :  * heuristic or approximate methods.  (Planning time for a 12-d cube is under
    2997             :  * half a second on my modest system even with optimization off and assertions
    2998             :  * on.)
    2999             :  */
    3000             : static List *
    3001        1008 : extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets)
    3002             : {
    3003        1008 :     int         num_sets_raw = list_length(groupingSets);
    3004        1008 :     int         num_empty = 0;
    3005        1008 :     int         num_sets = 0;   /* distinct sets */
    3006        1008 :     int         num_chains = 0;
    3007        1008 :     List       *result = NIL;
    3008             :     List      **results;
    3009             :     List      **orig_sets;
    3010             :     Bitmapset **set_masks;
    3011             :     int        *chains;
    3012             :     short     **adjacency;
    3013             :     short      *adjacency_buf;
    3014             :     BipartiteMatchState *state;
    3015             :     int         i;
    3016             :     int         j;
    3017             :     int         j_size;
    3018        1008 :     ListCell   *lc1 = list_head(groupingSets);
    3019             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3020             : 
    3021             :     /*
    3022             :      * Start by stripping out empty sets.  The algorithm doesn't require this,
    3023             :      * but the planner currently needs all empty sets to be returned in the
    3024             :      * first list, so we strip them here and add them back after.
    3025             :      */
    3026        1712 :     while (lc1 && lfirst(lc1) == NIL)
    3027             :     {
    3028         704 :         ++num_empty;
    3029         704 :         lc1 = lnext(groupingSets, lc1);
    3030             :     }
    3031             : 
    3032             :     /* bail out now if it turns out that all we had were empty sets. */
    3033        1008 :     if (!lc1)
    3034          78 :         return list_make1(groupingSets);
    3035             : 
    3036             :     /*----------
    3037             :      * We don't strictly need to remove duplicate sets here, but if we don't,
    3038             :      * they tend to become scattered through the result, which is a bit
    3039             :      * confusing (and irritating if we ever decide to optimize them out).
    3040             :      * So we remove them here and add them back after.
    3041             :      *
    3042             :      * For each non-duplicate set, we fill in the following:
    3043             :      *
    3044             :      * orig_sets[i] = list of the original set lists
    3045             :      * set_masks[i] = bitmapset for testing inclusion
    3046             :      * adjacency[i] = array [n, v1, v2, ... vn] of adjacency indices
    3047             :      *
    3048             :      * chains[i] will be the result group this set is assigned to.
    3049             :      *
    3050             :      * We index all of these from 1 rather than 0 because it is convenient
    3051             :      * to leave 0 free for the NIL node in the graph algorithm.
    3052             :      *----------
    3053             :      */
    3054         930 :     orig_sets = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(List *));
    3055         930 :     set_masks = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(Bitmapset *));
    3056         930 :     adjacency = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short *));
    3057         930 :     adjacency_buf = palloc((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short));
    3058             : 
    3059         930 :     j_size = 0;
    3060         930 :     j = 0;
    3061         930 :     i = 1;
    3062             : 
    3063        3244 :     for_each_cell(lc, groupingSets, lc1)
    3064             :     {
    3065        2314 :         List       *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    3066        2314 :         Bitmapset  *candidate_set = NULL;
    3067             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    3068        2314 :         int         dup_of = 0;
    3069             : 
    3070        5546 :         foreach(lc2, candidate)
    3071             :         {
    3072        3232 :             candidate_set = bms_add_member(candidate_set, lfirst_int(lc2));
    3073             :         }
    3074             : 
    3075             :         /* we can only be a dup if we're the same length as a previous set */
    3076        2314 :         if (j_size == list_length(candidate))
    3077             :         {
    3078             :             int         k;
    3079             : 
    3080        2072 :             for (k = j; k < i; ++k)
    3081             :             {
    3082        1344 :                 if (bms_equal(set_masks[k], candidate_set))
    3083             :                 {
    3084         158 :                     dup_of = k;
    3085         158 :                     break;
    3086             :                 }
    3087             :             }
    3088             :         }
    3089        1428 :         else if (j_size < list_length(candidate))
    3090             :         {
    3091        1428 :             j_size = list_length(candidate);
    3092        1428 :             j = i;
    3093             :         }
    3094             : 
    3095        2314 :         if (dup_of > 0)
    3096             :         {
    3097         158 :             orig_sets[dup_of] = lappend(orig_sets[dup_of], candidate);
    3098         158 :             bms_free(candidate_set);
    3099             :         }
    3100             :         else
    3101             :         {
    3102             :             int         k;
    3103        2156 :             int         n_adj = 0;
    3104             : 
    3105        2156 :             orig_sets[i] = list_make1(candidate);
    3106        2156 :             set_masks[i] = candidate_set;
    3107             : 
    3108             :             /* fill in adjacency list; no need to compare equal-size sets */
    3109             : 
    3110        3452 :             for (k = j - 1; k > 0; --k)
    3111             :             {
    3112        1296 :                 if (bms_is_subset(set_masks[k], candidate_set))
    3113        1134 :                     adjacency_buf[++n_adj] = k;
    3114             :             }
    3115             : 
    3116        2156 :             if (n_adj > 0)
    3117             :             {
    3118         622 :                 adjacency_buf[0] = n_adj;
    3119         622 :                 adjacency[i] = palloc((n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
    3120         622 :                 memcpy(adjacency[i], adjacency_buf, (n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
    3121             :             }
    3122             :             else
    3123        1534 :                 adjacency[i] = NULL;
    3124             : 
    3125        2156 :             ++i;
    3126             :         }
    3127             :     }
    3128             : 
    3129         930 :     num_sets = i - 1;
    3130             : 
    3131             :     /*
    3132             :      * Apply the graph matching algorithm to do the work.
    3133             :      */
    3134         930 :     state = BipartiteMatch(num_sets, num_sets, adjacency);
    3135             : 
    3136             :     /*
    3137             :      * Now, the state->pair* fields have the info we need to assign sets to
    3138             :      * chains. Two sets (u,v) belong to the same chain if pair_uv[u] = v or
    3139             :      * pair_vu[v] = u (both will be true, but we check both so that we can do
    3140             :      * it in one pass)
    3141             :      */
    3142         930 :     chains = palloc0((num_sets + 1) * sizeof(int));
    3143             : 
    3144        3086 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    3145             :     {
    3146        2156 :         int         u = state->pair_vu[i];
    3147        2156 :         int         v = state->pair_uv[i];
    3148             : 
    3149        2156 :         if (u > 0 && u < i)
    3150           0 :             chains[i] = chains[u];
    3151        2156 :         else if (v > 0 && v < i)
    3152         594 :             chains[i] = chains[v];
    3153             :         else
    3154        1562 :             chains[i] = ++num_chains;
    3155             :     }
    3156             : 
    3157             :     /* build result lists. */
    3158         930 :     results = palloc0((num_chains + 1) * sizeof(List *));
    3159             : 
    3160        3086 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    3161             :     {
    3162        2156 :         int         c = chains[i];
    3163             : 
    3164             :         Assert(c > 0);
    3165             : 
    3166        2156 :         results[c] = list_concat(results[c], orig_sets[i]);
    3167             :     }
    3168             : 
    3169             :     /* push any empty sets back on the first list. */
    3170        1496 :     while (num_empty-- > 0)
    3171         566 :         results[1] = lcons(NIL, results[1]);
    3172             : 
    3173             :     /* make result list */
    3174        2492 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_chains; ++i)
    3175        1562 :         result = lappend(result, results[i]);
    3176             : 
    3177             :     /*
    3178             :      * Free all the things.
    3179             :      *
    3180             :      * (This is over-fussy for small sets but for large sets we could have
    3181             :      * tied up a nontrivial amount of memory.)
    3182             :      */
    3183         930 :     BipartiteMatchFree(state);
    3184         930 :     pfree(results);
    3185         930 :     pfree(chains);
    3186        3086 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    3187        2156 :         if (adjacency[i])
    3188         622 :             pfree(adjacency[i]);
    3189         930 :     pfree(adjacency);
    3190         930 :     pfree(adjacency_buf);
    3191         930 :     pfree(orig_sets);
    3192        3086 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    3193        2156 :         bms_free(set_masks[i]);
    3194         930 :     pfree(set_masks);
    3195             : 
    3196         930 :     return result;
    3197             : }
    3198             : 
    3199             : /*
    3200             :  * Reorder the elements of a list of grouping sets such that they have correct
    3201             :  * prefix relationships. Also inserts the GroupingSetData annotations.
    3202             :  *
    3203             :  * The input must be ordered with smallest sets first; the result is returned
    3204             :  * with largest sets first.  Note that the result shares no list substructure
    3205             :  * with the input, so it's safe for the caller to modify it later.
    3206             :  *
    3207             :  * If we're passed in a sortclause, we follow its order of columns to the
    3208             :  * extent possible, to minimize the chance that we add unnecessary sorts.
    3209             :  * (We're trying here to ensure that GROUPING SETS ((a,b,c),(c)) ORDER BY c,b,a
    3210             :  * gets implemented in one pass.)
    3211             :  */
    3212             : static List *
    3213        1640 : reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause)
    3214             : {
    3215             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3216        1640 :     List       *previous = NIL;
    3217        1640 :     List       *result = NIL;
    3218             : 
    3219        4658 :     foreach(lc, groupingSets)
    3220             :     {
    3221        3018 :         List       *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    3222        3018 :         List       *new_elems = list_difference_int(candidate, previous);
    3223        3018 :         GroupingSetData *gs = makeNode(GroupingSetData);
    3224             : 
    3225        3194 :         while (list_length(sortclause) > list_length(previous) &&
    3226             :                new_elems != NIL)
    3227             :         {
    3228         296 :             SortGroupClause *sc = list_nth(sortclause, list_length(previous));
    3229         296 :             int         ref = sc->tleSortGroupRef;
    3230             : 
    3231         296 :             if (list_member_int(new_elems, ref))
    3232             :             {
    3233         176 :                 previous = lappend_int(previous, ref);
    3234         176 :                 new_elems = list_delete_int(new_elems, ref);
    3235             :             }
    3236             :             else
    3237             :             {
    3238             :                 /* diverged from the sortclause; give up on it */
    3239         120 :                 sortclause = NIL;
    3240         120 :                 break;
    3241             :             }
    3242             :         }
    3243             : 
    3244        3018 :         previous = list_concat(previous, new_elems);
    3245             : 
    3246        3018 :         gs->set = list_copy(previous);
    3247        3018 :         result = lcons(gs, result);
    3248             :     }
    3249             : 
    3250        1640 :     list_free(previous);
    3251             : 
    3252        1640 :     return result;
    3253             : }
    3254             : 
    3255             : /*
    3256             :  * has_volatile_pathkey
    3257             :  *      Returns true if any PathKey in 'keys' has an EquivalenceClass
    3258             :  *      containing a volatile function.  Otherwise returns false.
    3259             :  */
    3260             : static bool
    3261        2836 : has_volatile_pathkey(List *keys)
    3262             : {
    3263             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3264             : 
    3265        5816 :     foreach(lc, keys)
    3266             :     {
    3267        2998 :         PathKey    *pathkey = lfirst_node(PathKey, lc);
    3268             : 
    3269        2998 :         if (pathkey->pk_eclass->ec_has_volatile)
    3270          18 :             return true;
    3271             :     }
    3272             : 
    3273        2818 :     return false;
    3274             : }
    3275             : 
    3276             : /*
    3277             :  * adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg
    3278             :  *      Add pathkeys to root->group_pathkeys to reflect the best set of
    3279             :  *      pre-ordered input for ordered aggregates.
    3280             :  *
    3281             :  * We define "best" as the pathkeys that suit the largest number of
    3282             :  * aggregate functions.  We find these by looking at the first ORDER BY /
    3283             :  * DISTINCT aggregate and take the pathkeys for that before searching for
    3284             :  * other aggregates that require the same or a more strict variation of the
    3285             :  * same pathkeys.  We then repeat that process for any remaining aggregates
    3286             :  * with different pathkeys and if we find another set of pathkeys that suits a
    3287             :  * larger number of aggregates then we select those pathkeys instead.
    3288             :  *
    3289             :  * When the best pathkeys are found we also mark each Aggref that can use
    3290             :  * those pathkeys as aggpresorted = true.
    3291             :  *
    3292             :  * Note: When an aggregate function's ORDER BY / DISTINCT clause contains any
    3293             :  * volatile functions, we never make use of these pathkeys.  We want to ensure
    3294             :  * that sorts using volatile functions are done independently in each Aggref
    3295             :  * rather than once at the query level.  If we were to allow this then Aggrefs
    3296             :  * with compatible sort orders would all transition their rows in the same
    3297             :  * order if those pathkeys were deemed to be the best pathkeys to sort on.
    3298             :  * Whereas, if some other set of Aggref's pathkeys happened to be deemed
    3299             :  * better pathkeys to sort on, then the volatile function Aggrefs would be
    3300             :  * left to perform their sorts individually.  To avoid this inconsistent
    3301             :  * behavior which could make Aggref results depend on what other Aggrefs the
    3302             :  * query contains, we always force Aggrefs with volatile functions to perform
    3303             :  * their own sorts.
    3304             :  */
    3305             : static void
    3306        2440 : adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(PlannerInfo *root)
    3307             : {
    3308        2440 :     List       *grouppathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
    3309             :     List       *bestpathkeys;
    3310             :     Bitmapset  *bestaggs;
    3311             :     Bitmapset  *unprocessed_aggs;
    3312             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3313             :     int         i;
    3314             : 
    3315             :     /* Shouldn't be here if there are grouping sets */
    3316             :     Assert(root->parse->groupingSets == NIL);
    3317             :     /* Shouldn't be here unless there are some ordered aggregates */
    3318             :     Assert(root->numOrderedAggs > 0);
    3319             : 
    3320             :     /* Do nothing if disabled */
    3321        2440 :     if (!enable_presorted_aggregate)
    3322           6 :         return;
    3323             : 
    3324             :     /*
    3325             :      * Make a first pass over all AggInfos to collect a Bitmapset containing
    3326             :      * the indexes of all AggInfos to be processed below.
    3327             :      */
    3328        2434 :     unprocessed_aggs = NULL;
    3329        5552 :     foreach(lc, root->agginfos)
    3330             :     {
    3331        3118 :         AggInfo    *agginfo = lfirst_node(AggInfo, lc);
    3332        3118 :         Aggref     *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
    3333             : 
    3334        3118 :         if (AGGKIND_IS_ORDERED_SET(aggref->aggkind))
    3335         264 :             continue;
    3336             : 
    3337             :         /* Skip unless there's a DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause */
    3338        2854 :         if (aggref->aggdistinct == NIL && aggref->aggorder == NIL)
    3339         300 :             continue;
    3340             : 
    3341             :         /* Additional safety checks are needed if there's a FILTER clause */
    3342        2554 :         if (aggref->aggfilter != NULL)
    3343             :         {
    3344             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    3345          54 :             bool        allow_presort = true;
    3346             : 
    3347             :             /*
    3348             :              * When the Aggref has a FILTER clause, it's possible that the
    3349             :              * filter removes rows that cannot be sorted because the
    3350             :              * expression to sort by results in an error during its
    3351             :              * evaluation.  This is a problem for presorting as that happens
    3352             :              * before the FILTER, whereas without presorting, the Aggregate
    3353             :              * node will apply the FILTER *before* sorting.  So that we never
    3354             :              * try to sort anything that might error, here we aim to skip over
    3355             :              * any Aggrefs with arguments with expressions which, when
    3356             :              * evaluated, could cause an ERROR.  Vars and Consts are ok. There
    3357             :              * may be more cases that should be allowed, but more thought
    3358             :              * needs to be given.  Err on the side of caution.
    3359             :              */
    3360         102 :             foreach(lc2, aggref->args)
    3361             :             {
    3362          72 :                 TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(lc2);
    3363          72 :                 Expr       *expr = tle->expr;
    3364             : 
    3365          84 :                 while (IsA(expr, RelabelType))
    3366          12 :                     expr = (Expr *) (castNode(RelabelType, expr))->arg;
    3367             : 
    3368             :                 /* Common case, Vars and Consts are ok */
    3369          72 :                 if (IsA(expr, Var) || IsA(expr, Const))
    3370          48 :                     continue;
    3371             : 
    3372             :                 /* Unsupported.  Don't try to presort for this Aggref */
    3373          24 :                 allow_presort = false;
    3374          24 :                 break;
    3375             :             }
    3376             : 
    3377             :             /* Skip unsupported Aggrefs */
    3378          54 :             if (!allow_presort)
    3379          24 :                 continue;
    3380             :         }
    3381             : 
    3382        2530 :         unprocessed_aggs = bms_add_member(unprocessed_aggs,
    3383             :                                           foreach_current_index(lc));
    3384             :     }
    3385             : 
    3386             :     /*
    3387             :      * Now process all the unprocessed_aggs to find the best set of pathkeys
    3388             :      * for the given set of aggregates.
    3389             :      *
    3390             :      * On the first outer loop here 'bestaggs' will be empty.   We'll populate
    3391             :      * this during the first loop using the pathkeys for the very first
    3392             :      * AggInfo then taking any stronger pathkeys from any other AggInfos with
    3393             :      * a more strict set of compatible pathkeys.  Once the outer loop is
    3394             :      * complete, we mark off all the aggregates with compatible pathkeys then
    3395             :      * remove those from the unprocessed_aggs and repeat the process to try to
    3396             :      * find another set of pathkeys that are suitable for a larger number of
    3397             :      * aggregates.  The outer loop will stop when there are not enough
    3398             :      * unprocessed aggregates for it to be possible to find a set of pathkeys
    3399             :      * to suit a larger number of aggregates.
    3400             :      */
    3401        2434 :     bestpathkeys = NIL;
    3402        2434 :     bestaggs = NULL;
    3403        4802 :     while (bms_num_members(unprocessed_aggs) > bms_num_members(bestaggs))
    3404             :     {
    3405        2368 :         Bitmapset  *aggindexes = NULL;
    3406        2368 :         List       *currpathkeys = NIL;
    3407             : 
    3408        2368 :         i = -1;
    3409        5204 :         while ((i = bms_next_member(unprocessed_aggs, i)) >= 0)
    3410             :         {
    3411        2836 :             AggInfo    *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
    3412        2836 :             Aggref     *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
    3413             :             List       *sortlist;
    3414             :             List       *pathkeys;
    3415             : 
    3416        2836 :             if (aggref->aggdistinct != NIL)
    3417         724 :                 sortlist = aggref->aggdistinct;
    3418             :             else
    3419        2112 :                 sortlist = aggref->aggorder;
    3420             : 
    3421        2836 :             pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root, sortlist,
    3422             :                                                      aggref->args);
    3423             : 
    3424             :             /*
    3425             :              * Ignore Aggrefs which have volatile functions in their ORDER BY
    3426             :              * or DISTINCT clause.
    3427             :              */
    3428        2836 :             if (has_volatile_pathkey(pathkeys))
    3429             :             {
    3430          18 :                 unprocessed_aggs = bms_del_member(unprocessed_aggs, i);
    3431          18 :                 continue;
    3432             :             }
    3433             : 
    3434             :             /*
    3435             :              * When not set yet, take the pathkeys from the first unprocessed
    3436             :              * aggregate.
    3437             :              */
    3438        2818 :             if (currpathkeys == NIL)
    3439             :             {
    3440        2362 :                 currpathkeys = pathkeys;
    3441             : 
    3442             :                 /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
    3443        2362 :                 if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
    3444         276 :                     currpathkeys = append_pathkeys(list_copy(grouppathkeys),
    3445             :                                                    currpathkeys);
    3446             : 
    3447             :                 /* record that we found pathkeys for this aggregate */
    3448        2362 :                 aggindexes = bms_add_member(aggindexes, i);
    3449             :             }
    3450             :             else
    3451             :             {
    3452             :                 /* now look for a stronger set of matching pathkeys */
    3453             : 
    3454             :                 /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
    3455         456 :                 if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
    3456         288 :                     pathkeys = append_pathkeys(list_copy(grouppathkeys),
    3457             :                                                pathkeys);
    3458             : 
    3459             :                 /* are 'pathkeys' compatible or better than 'currpathkeys'? */
    3460         456 :                 switch (compare_pathkeys(currpathkeys, pathkeys))
    3461             :                 {
    3462          12 :                     case PATHKEYS_BETTER2:
    3463             :                         /* 'pathkeys' are stronger, use these ones instead */
    3464          12 :                         currpathkeys = pathkeys;
    3465             :                         /* FALLTHROUGH */
    3466             : 
    3467          66 :                     case PATHKEYS_BETTER1:
    3468             :                         /* 'pathkeys' are less strict */
    3469             :                         /* FALLTHROUGH */
    3470             : 
    3471             :                     case PATHKEYS_EQUAL:
    3472             :                         /* mark this aggregate as covered by 'currpathkeys' */
    3473          66 :                         aggindexes = bms_add_member(aggindexes, i);
    3474          66 :                         break;
    3475             : 
    3476         390 :                     case PATHKEYS_DIFFERENT:
    3477         390 :                         break;
    3478             :                 }
    3479             :             }
    3480             :         }
    3481             : 
    3482             :         /* remove the aggregates that we've just processed */
    3483        2368 :         unprocessed_aggs = bms_del_members(unprocessed_aggs, aggindexes);
    3484             : 
    3485             :         /*
    3486             :          * If this pass included more aggregates than the previous best then
    3487             :          * use these ones as the best set.
    3488             :          */
    3489        2368 :         if (bms_num_members(aggindexes) > bms_num_members(bestaggs))
    3490             :         {
    3491        2260 :             bestaggs = aggindexes;
    3492        2260 :             bestpathkeys = currpathkeys;
    3493             :         }
    3494             :     }
    3495             : 
    3496             :     /*
    3497             :      * If we found any ordered aggregates, update root->group_pathkeys to add
    3498             :      * the best set of aggregate pathkeys.  Note that bestpathkeys includes
    3499             :      * the original GROUP BY pathkeys already.
    3500             :      */
    3501        2434 :     if (bestpathkeys != NIL)
    3502        2200 :         root->group_pathkeys = bestpathkeys;
    3503             : 
    3504             :     /*
    3505             :      * Now that we've found the best set of aggregates we can set the
    3506             :      * presorted flag to indicate to the executor that it needn't bother
    3507             :      * performing a sort for these Aggrefs.  We're able to do this now as
    3508             :      * there's no chance of a Hash Aggregate plan as create_grouping_paths
    3509             :      * will not mark the GROUP BY as GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH due to the presence
    3510             :      * of ordered aggregates.
    3511             :      */
    3512        2434 :     i = -1;
    3513        4730 :     while ((i = bms_next_member(bestaggs, i)) >= 0)
    3514             :     {
    3515        2296 :         AggInfo    *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
    3516             : 
    3517        4610 :         foreach(lc, agginfo->aggrefs)
    3518             :         {
    3519        2314 :             Aggref     *aggref = lfirst_node(Aggref, lc);
    3520             : 
    3521        2314 :             aggref->aggpresorted = true;
    3522             :         }
    3523             :     }
    3524             : }
    3525             : 
    3526             : /*
    3527             :  * Compute query_pathkeys and other pathkeys during plan generation
    3528             :  */
    3529             : static void
    3530      544526 : standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra)
    3531             : {
    3532      544526 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    3533      544526 :     standard_qp_extra *qp_extra = (standard_qp_extra *) extra;
    3534      544526 :     List       *tlist = root->processed_tlist;
    3535      544526 :     List       *activeWindows = qp_extra->activeWindows;
    3536             : 
    3537             :     /*
    3538             :      * Calculate pathkeys that represent grouping/ordering and/or ordered
    3539             :      * aggregate requirements.
    3540             :      */
    3541      544526 :     if (qp_extra->gset_data)
    3542             :     {
    3543             :         /*
    3544             :          * With grouping sets, just use the first RollupData's groupClause. We
    3545             :          * don't make any effort to optimize grouping clauses when there are
    3546             :          * grouping sets, nor can we combine aggregate ordering keys with
    3547             :          * grouping.
    3548             :          */
    3549        1014 :         List       *rollups = qp_extra->gset_data->rollups;
    3550        1014 :         List       *groupClause = (rollups ? linitial_node(RollupData, rollups)->groupClause : NIL);
    3551             : 
    3552        1014 :         if (grouping_is_sortable(groupClause))
    3553             :         {
    3554             :             bool        sortable;
    3555             : 
    3556             :             /*
    3557             :              * The groupClause is logically below the grouping step.  So if
    3558             :              * there is an RTE entry for the grouping step, we need to remove
    3559             :              * its RT index from the sort expressions before we make PathKeys
    3560             :              * for them.
    3561             :              */
    3562        1014 :             root->group_pathkeys =
    3563        1014 :                 make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3564             :                                                        &groupClause,
    3565             :                                                        tlist,
    3566             :                                                        false,
    3567        1014 :                                                        parse->hasGroupRTE,
    3568             :                                                        &sortable,
    3569             :                                                        false);
    3570             :             Assert(sortable);
    3571        1014 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
    3572             :         }
    3573             :         else
    3574             :         {
    3575           0 :             root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
    3576           0 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
    3577             :         }
    3578             :     }
    3579      543512 :     else if (parse->groupClause || root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
    3580        6328 :     {
    3581             :         /*
    3582             :          * With a plain GROUP BY list, we can remove any grouping items that
    3583             :          * are proven redundant by EquivalenceClass processing.  For example,
    3584             :          * we can remove y given "WHERE x = y GROUP BY x, y".  These aren't
    3585             :          * especially common cases, but they're nearly free to detect.  Note
    3586             :          * that we remove redundant items from processed_groupClause but not
    3587             :          * the original parse->groupClause.
    3588             :          */
    3589             :         bool        sortable;
    3590             : 
    3591             :         /*
    3592             :          * Convert group clauses into pathkeys.  Set the ec_sortref field of
    3593             :          * EquivalenceClass'es if it's not set yet.
    3594             :          */
    3595        6328 :         root->group_pathkeys =
    3596        6328 :             make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3597             :                                                    &root->processed_groupClause,
    3598             :                                                    tlist,
    3599             :                                                    true,
    3600             :                                                    false,
    3601             :                                                    &sortable,
    3602             :                                                    true);
    3603        6328 :         if (!sortable)
    3604             :         {
    3605             :             /* Can't sort; no point in considering aggregate ordering either */
    3606           0 :             root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
    3607           0 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
    3608             :         }
    3609             :         else
    3610             :         {
    3611        6328 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
    3612             :             /* If we have ordered aggs, consider adding onto group_pathkeys */
    3613        6328 :             if (root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
    3614        2440 :                 adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(root);
    3615             :         }
    3616             :     }
    3617             :     else
    3618             :     {
    3619      537184 :         root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
    3620      537184 :         root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
    3621             :     }
    3622             : 
    3623             :     /* We consider only the first (bottom) window in pathkeys logic */
    3624      544526 :     if (activeWindows != NIL)
    3625             :     {
    3626        2676 :         WindowClause *wc = linitial_node(WindowClause, activeWindows);
    3627             : 
    3628        2676 :         root->window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
    3629             :                                                          wc,
    3630             :                                                          tlist);
    3631             :     }
    3632             :     else
    3633      541850 :         root->window_pathkeys = NIL;
    3634             : 
    3635             :     /*
    3636             :      * As with GROUP BY, we can discard any DISTINCT items that are proven
    3637             :      * redundant by EquivalenceClass processing.  The non-redundant list is
    3638             :      * kept in root->processed_distinctClause, leaving the original
    3639             :      * parse->distinctClause alone.
    3640             :      */
    3641      544526 :     if (parse->distinctClause)
    3642             :     {
    3643             :         bool        sortable;
    3644             : 
    3645             :         /* Make a copy since pathkey processing can modify the list */
    3646        3024 :         root->processed_distinctClause = list_copy(parse->distinctClause);
    3647        3024 :         root->distinct_pathkeys =
    3648        3024 :             make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3649             :                                                    &root->processed_distinctClause,
    3650             :                                                    tlist,
    3651             :                                                    true,
    3652             :                                                    false,
    3653             :                                                    &sortable,
    3654             :                                                    false);
    3655        3024 :         if (!sortable)
    3656           6 :             root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
    3657             :     }
    3658             :     else
    3659      541502 :         root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
    3660             : 
    3661      544526 :     root->sort_pathkeys =
    3662      544526 :         make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
    3663             :                                       parse->sortClause,
    3664             :                                       tlist);
    3665             : 
    3666             :     /* setting setop_pathkeys might be useful to the union planner */
    3667      544526 :     if (qp_extra->setop != NULL)
    3668             :     {
    3669             :         List       *groupClauses;
    3670             :         bool        sortable;
    3671             : 
    3672       12786 :         groupClauses = generate_setop_child_grouplist(qp_extra->setop, tlist);
    3673             : 
    3674       12786 :         root->setop_pathkeys =
    3675       12786 :             make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3676             :                                                    &groupClauses,
    3677             :                                                    tlist,
    3678             :                                                    false,
    3679             :                                                    false,
    3680             :                                                    &sortable,
    3681             :                                                    false);
    3682       12786 :         if (!sortable)
    3683         208 :             root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
    3684             :     }
    3685             :     else
    3686      531740 :         root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
    3687             : 
    3688             :     /*
    3689             :      * Figure out whether we want a sorted result from query_planner.
    3690             :      *
    3691             :      * If we have a sortable GROUP BY clause, then we want a result sorted
    3692             :      * properly for grouping.  Otherwise, if we have window functions to
    3693             :      * evaluate, we try to sort for the first window.  Otherwise, if there's a
    3694             :      * sortable DISTINCT clause that's more rigorous than the ORDER BY clause,
    3695             :      * we try to produce output that's sufficiently well sorted for the
    3696             :      * DISTINCT.  Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause, we want to sort
    3697             :      * by the ORDER BY clause.  Otherwise, if we're a subquery being planned
    3698             :      * for a set operation which can benefit from presorted results and have a
    3699             :      * sortable targetlist, we want to sort by the target list.
    3700             :      *
    3701             :      * Note: if we have both ORDER BY and GROUP BY, and ORDER BY is a superset
    3702             :      * of GROUP BY, it would be tempting to request sort by ORDER BY --- but
    3703             :      * that might just leave us failing to exploit an available sort order at
    3704             :      * all.  Needs more thought.  The choice for DISTINCT versus ORDER BY is
    3705             :      * much easier, since we know that the parser ensured that one is a
    3706             :      * superset of the other.
    3707             :      */
    3708      544526 :     if (root->group_pathkeys)
    3709        6904 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
    3710      537622 :     else if (root->window_pathkeys)
    3711        2110 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->window_pathkeys;
    3712     1071024 :     else if (list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) >
    3713      535512 :              list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
    3714        2528 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
    3715      532984 :     else if (root->sort_pathkeys)
    3716       69318 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
    3717      463666 :     else if (root->setop_pathkeys != NIL)
    3718       11378 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->setop_pathkeys;
    3719             :     else
    3720      452288 :         root->query_pathkeys = NIL;
    3721      544526 : }
    3722             : 
    3723             : /*
    3724             :  * Estimate number of groups produced by grouping clauses (1 if not grouping)
    3725             :  *
    3726             :  * path_rows: number of output rows from scan/join step
    3727             :  * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
    3728             :  * target_list: target list containing group clause references
    3729             :  *
    3730             :  * If doing grouping sets, we also annotate the gsets data with the estimates
    3731             :  * for each set and each individual rollup list, with a view to later
    3732             :  * determining whether some combination of them could be hashed instead.
    3733             :  */
    3734             : static double
    3735       54368 : get_number_of_groups(PlannerInfo *root,
    3736             :                      double path_rows,
    3737             :                      grouping_sets_data *gd,
    3738             :                      List *target_list)
    3739             : {
    3740       54368 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    3741             :     double      dNumGroups;
    3742             : 
    3743       54368 :     if (parse->groupClause)
    3744             :     {
    3745             :         List       *groupExprs;
    3746             : 
    3747       10406 :         if (parse->groupingSets)
    3748             :         {
    3749             :             /* Add up the estimates for each grouping set */
    3750             :             ListCell   *lc;
    3751             : 
    3752             :             Assert(gd);         /* keep Coverity happy */
    3753             : 
    3754         936 :             dNumGroups = 0;
    3755             : 
    3756        2498 :             foreach(lc, gd->rollups)
    3757             :             {
    3758        1562 :                 RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    3759             :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    3760             :                 ListCell   *lc3;
    3761             : 
    3762        1562 :                 groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(rollup->groupClause,
    3763             :                                                      target_list);
    3764             : 
    3765        1562 :                 rollup->numGroups = 0.0;
    3766             : 
    3767        4442 :                 forboth(lc2, rollup->gsets, lc3, rollup->gsets_data)
    3768             :                 {
    3769        2880 :                     List       *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc2);
    3770        2880 :                     GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc3);
    3771        2880 :                     double      numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
    3772             :                                                                 groupExprs,
    3773             :                                                                 path_rows,
    3774             :                                                                 &gset,
    3775             :                                                                 NULL);
    3776             : 
    3777        2880 :                     gs->numGroups = numGroups;
    3778        2880 :                     rollup->numGroups += numGroups;
    3779             :                 }
    3780             : 
    3781        1562 :                 dNumGroups += rollup->numGroups;
    3782             :             }
    3783             : 
    3784         936 :             if (gd->hash_sets_idx)
    3785             :             {
    3786             :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    3787             : 
    3788          36 :                 gd->dNumHashGroups = 0;
    3789             : 
    3790          36 :                 groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(parse->groupClause,
    3791             :                                                      target_list);
    3792             : 
    3793          78 :                 forboth(lc, gd->hash_sets_idx, lc2, gd->unsortable_sets)
    3794             :                 {
    3795          42 :                     List       *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    3796          42 :                     GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc2);
    3797          42 :                     double      numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
    3798             :                                                                 groupExprs,
    3799             :                                                                 path_rows,
    3800             :                                                                 &gset,
    3801             :                                                                 NULL);
    3802             : 
    3803          42 :                     gs->numGroups = numGroups;
    3804          42 :                     gd->dNumHashGroups += numGroups;
    3805             :                 }
    3806             : 
    3807          36 :                 dNumGroups += gd->dNumHashGroups;
    3808             :             }
    3809             :         }
    3810             :         else
    3811             :         {
    3812             :             /* Plain GROUP BY -- estimate based on optimized groupClause */
    3813        9470 :             groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_groupClause,
    3814             :                                                  target_list);
    3815             : 
    3816        9470 :             dNumGroups = estimate_num_groups(root, groupExprs, path_rows,
    3817             :                                              NULL, NULL);
    3818             :         }
    3819             :     }
    3820       43962 :     else if (parse->groupingSets)
    3821             :     {
    3822             :         /* Empty grouping sets ... one result row for each one */
    3823          60 :         dNumGroups = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
    3824             :     }
    3825       43902 :     else if (parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual)
    3826             :     {
    3827             :         /* Plain aggregation, one result row */
    3828       43902 :         dNumGroups = 1;
    3829             :     }
    3830             :     else
    3831             :     {
    3832             :         /* Not grouping */
    3833           0 :         dNumGroups = 1;
    3834             :     }
    3835             : 
    3836       54368 :     return dNumGroups;
    3837             : }
    3838             : 
    3839             : /*
    3840             :  * create_grouping_paths
    3841             :  *
    3842             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for grouping and/or aggregation.
    3843             :  * Along the way, we also build an upperrel for Paths which are partially
    3844             :  * grouped and/or aggregated.  A partially grouped and/or aggregated path
    3845             :  * needs a FinalizeAggregate node to complete the aggregation.  Currently,
    3846             :  * the only partially grouped paths we build are also partial paths; that
    3847             :  * is, they need a Gather and then a FinalizeAggregate.
    3848             :  *
    3849             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    3850             :  * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
    3851             :  * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
    3852             :  *
    3853             :  * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return the target computed
    3854             :  * by make_group_input_target.
    3855             :  */
    3856             : static RelOptInfo *
    3857       45968 : create_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    3858             :                       RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    3859             :                       PathTarget *target,
    3860             :                       bool target_parallel_safe,
    3861             :                       grouping_sets_data *gd)
    3862             : {
    3863       45968 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    3864             :     RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
    3865             :     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel;
    3866             :     AggClauseCosts agg_costs;
    3867             : 
    3868      275808 :     MemSet(&agg_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
    3869       45968 :     get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE, &agg_costs);
    3870             : 
    3871             :     /*
    3872             :      * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
    3873             :      * aggregation paths.
    3874             :      */
    3875       45968 :     grouped_rel = make_grouping_rel(root, input_rel, target,
    3876             :                                     target_parallel_safe, parse->havingQual);
    3877             : 
    3878             :     /*
    3879             :      * Create either paths for a degenerate grouping or paths for ordinary
    3880             :      * grouping, as appropriate.
    3881             :      */
    3882       45968 :     if (is_degenerate_grouping(root))
    3883          42 :         create_degenerate_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel);
    3884             :     else
    3885             :     {
    3886       45926 :         int         flags = 0;
    3887             :         GroupPathExtraData extra;
    3888             : 
    3889             :         /*
    3890             :          * Determine whether it's possible to perform sort-based
    3891             :          * implementations of grouping.  (Note that if processed_groupClause
    3892             :          * is empty, grouping_is_sortable() is trivially true, and all the
    3893             :          * pathkeys_contained_in() tests will succeed too, so that we'll
    3894             :          * consider every surviving input path.)
    3895             :          *
    3896             :          * If we have grouping sets, we might be able to sort some but not all
    3897             :          * of them; in this case, we need can_sort to be true as long as we
    3898             :          * must consider any sorted-input plan.
    3899             :          */
    3900       45926 :         if ((gd && gd->rollups != NIL)
    3901       44936 :             || grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_groupClause))
    3902       45920 :             flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT;
    3903             : 
    3904             :         /*
    3905             :          * Determine whether we should consider hash-based implementations of
    3906             :          * grouping.
    3907             :          *
    3908             :          * Hashed aggregation only applies if we're grouping. If we have
    3909             :          * grouping sets, some groups might be hashable but others not; in
    3910             :          * this case we set can_hash true as long as there is nothing globally
    3911             :          * preventing us from hashing (and we should therefore consider plans
    3912             :          * with hashes).
    3913             :          *
    3914             :          * Executor doesn't support hashed aggregation with DISTINCT or ORDER
    3915             :          * BY aggregates.  (Doing so would imply storing *all* the input
    3916             :          * values in the hash table, and/or running many sorts in parallel,
    3917             :          * either of which seems like a certain loser.)  We similarly don't
    3918             :          * support ordered-set aggregates in hashed aggregation, but that case
    3919             :          * is also included in the numOrderedAggs count.
    3920             :          *
    3921             :          * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than
    3922             :          * the other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
    3923             :          */
    3924       45926 :         if ((parse->groupClause != NIL &&
    3925        9856 :              root->numOrderedAggs == 0 &&
    3926        4788 :              (gd ? gd->any_hashable : grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_groupClause))))
    3927        4784 :             flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH;
    3928             : 
    3929             :         /*
    3930             :          * Determine whether partial aggregation is possible.
    3931             :          */
    3932       45926 :         if (can_partial_agg(root))
    3933       41034 :             flags |= GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG;
    3934             : 
    3935       45926 :         extra.flags = flags;
    3936       45926 :         extra.target_parallel_safe = target_parallel_safe;
    3937       45926 :         extra.havingQual = parse->havingQual;
    3938       45926 :         extra.targetList = parse->targetList;
    3939       45926 :         extra.partial_costs_set = false;
    3940             : 
    3941             :         /*
    3942             :          * Determine whether partitionwise aggregation is in theory possible.
    3943             :          * It can be disabled by the user, and for now, we don't try to
    3944             :          * support grouping sets.  create_ordinary_grouping_paths() will check
    3945             :          * additional conditions, such as whether input_rel is partitioned.
    3946             :          */
    3947       45926 :         if (enable_partitionwise_aggregate && !parse->groupingSets)
    3948         700 :             extra.patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL;
    3949             :         else
    3950       45226 :             extra.patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
    3951             : 
    3952       45926 :         create_ordinary_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
    3953             :                                        &agg_costs, gd, &extra,
    3954             :                                        &partially_grouped_rel);
    3955             :     }
    3956             : 
    3957       45962 :     set_cheapest(grouped_rel);
    3958       45962 :     return grouped_rel;
    3959             : }
    3960             : 
    3961             : /*
    3962             :  * make_grouping_rel
    3963             :  *
    3964             :  * Create a new grouping rel and set basic properties.
    3965             :  *
    3966             :  * input_rel represents the underlying scan/join relation.
    3967             :  * target is the output expected from the grouping relation.
    3968             :  */
    3969             : static RelOptInfo *
    3970       48134 : make_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    3971             :                   PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
    3972             :                   Node *havingQual)
    3973             : {
    3974             :     RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
    3975             : 
    3976       48134 :     if (IS_OTHER_REL(input_rel))
    3977             :     {
    3978        2166 :         grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
    3979             :                                       input_rel->relids);
    3980        2166 :         grouped_rel->reloptkind = RELOPT_OTHER_UPPER_REL;
    3981             :     }
    3982             :     else
    3983             :     {
    3984             :         /*
    3985             :          * By tradition, the relids set for the main grouping relation is
    3986             :          * NULL.  (This could be changed, but might require adjustments
    3987             :          * elsewhere.)
    3988             :          */
    3989       45968 :         grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG, NULL);
    3990             :     }
    3991             : 
    3992             :     /* Set target. */
    3993       48134 :     grouped_rel->reltarget = target;
    3994             : 
    3995             :     /*
    3996             :      * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the grouped relation
    3997             :      * can't be parallel-safe, either.  Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
    3998             :      * target list and HAVING quals are parallel-safe.
    3999             :      */
    4000       77644 :     if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe &&
    4001       29510 :         is_parallel_safe(root, havingQual))
    4002       29486 :         grouped_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    4003             : 
    4004             :     /* Assume that the same path generation strategies are allowed */
    4005       48134 :     grouped_rel->pgs_mask = input_rel->pgs_mask;
    4006             : 
    4007             :     /*
    4008             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the grouped rel.
    4009             :      */
    4010       48134 :     grouped_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    4011       48134 :     grouped_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    4012       48134 :     grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    4013       48134 :     grouped_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    4014             : 
    4015       48134 :     return grouped_rel;
    4016             : }
    4017             : 
    4018             : /*
    4019             :  * is_degenerate_grouping
    4020             :  *
    4021             :  * A degenerate grouping is one in which the query has a HAVING qual and/or
    4022             :  * grouping sets, but no aggregates and no GROUP BY (which implies that the
    4023             :  * grouping sets are all empty).
    4024             :  */
    4025             : static bool
    4026       45968 : is_degenerate_grouping(PlannerInfo *root)
    4027             : {
    4028       45968 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    4029             : 
    4030       44718 :     return (root->hasHavingQual || parse->groupingSets) &&
    4031       90686 :         !parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL;
    4032             : }
    4033             : 
    4034             : /*
    4035             :  * create_degenerate_grouping_paths
    4036             :  *
    4037             :  * When the grouping is degenerate (see is_degenerate_grouping), we are
    4038             :  * supposed to emit either zero or one row for each grouping set depending on
    4039             :  * whether HAVING succeeds.  Furthermore, there cannot be any variables in
    4040             :  * either HAVING or the targetlist, so we actually do not need the FROM table
    4041             :  * at all! We can just throw away the plan-so-far and generate a Result node.
    4042             :  * This is a sufficiently unusual corner case that it's not worth contorting
    4043             :  * the structure of this module to avoid having to generate the earlier paths
    4044             :  * in the first place.
    4045             :  */
    4046             : static void
    4047          42 : create_degenerate_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4048             :                                  RelOptInfo *grouped_rel)
    4049             : {
    4050          42 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    4051             :     int         nrows;
    4052             :     Path       *path;
    4053             : 
    4054          42 :     nrows = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
    4055          42 :     if (nrows > 1)
    4056             :     {
    4057             :         /*
    4058             :          * Doesn't seem worthwhile writing code to cons up a generate_series
    4059             :          * or a values scan to emit multiple rows. Instead just make N clones
    4060             :          * and append them.  (With a volatile HAVING clause, this means you
    4061             :          * might get between 0 and N output rows. Offhand I think that's
    4062             :          * desired.)
    4063             :          */
    4064          12 :         List       *paths = NIL;
    4065             : 
    4066          36 :         while (--nrows >= 0)
    4067             :         {
    4068             :             path = (Path *)
    4069          24 :                 create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
    4070          24 :                                          grouped_rel->reltarget,
    4071          24 :                                          (List *) parse->havingQual);
    4072          24 :             paths = lappend(paths, path);
    4073             :         }
    4074             :         path = (Path *)
    4075          12 :             create_append_path(root,
    4076             :                                grouped_rel,
    4077             :                                paths,
    4078             :                                NIL,
    4079             :                                NIL,
    4080             :                                NULL,
    4081             :                                0,
    4082             :                                false,
    4083             :                                -1);
    4084             :     }
    4085             :     else
    4086             :     {
    4087             :         /* No grouping sets, or just one, so one output row */
    4088             :         path = (Path *)
    4089          30 :             create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
    4090          30 :                                      grouped_rel->reltarget,
    4091          30 :                                      (List *) parse->havingQual);
    4092             :     }
    4093             : 
    4094          42 :     add_path(grouped_rel, path);
    4095          42 : }
    4096             : 
    4097             : /*
    4098             :  * create_ordinary_grouping_paths
    4099             :  *
    4100             :  * Create grouping paths for the ordinary (that is, non-degenerate) case.
    4101             :  *
    4102             :  * We need to consider sorted and hashed aggregation in the same function,
    4103             :  * because otherwise (1) it would be harder to throw an appropriate error
    4104             :  * message if neither way works, and (2) we should not allow hashtable size
    4105             :  * considerations to dissuade us from using hashing if sorting is not possible.
    4106             :  *
    4107             :  * *partially_grouped_rel_p will be set to the partially grouped rel which this
    4108             :  * function creates, or to NULL if it doesn't create one.
    4109             :  */
    4110             : static void
    4111       48092 : create_ordinary_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4112             :                                RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    4113             :                                const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    4114             :                                grouping_sets_data *gd,
    4115             :                                GroupPathExtraData *extra,
    4116             :                                RelOptInfo **partially_grouped_rel_p)
    4117             : {
    4118       48092 :     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel = NULL;
    4119       48092 :     PartitionwiseAggregateType patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
    4120             : 
    4121             :     /*
    4122             :      * If this is the topmost grouping relation or if the parent relation is
    4123             :      * doing some form of partitionwise aggregation, then we may be able to do
    4124             :      * it at this level also.  However, if the input relation is not
    4125             :      * partitioned, partitionwise aggregate is impossible.
    4126             :      */
    4127       48092 :     if (extra->patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE &&
    4128        2866 :         IS_PARTITIONED_REL(input_rel))
    4129             :     {
    4130             :         /*
    4131             :          * If this is the topmost relation or if the parent relation is doing
    4132             :          * full partitionwise aggregation, then we can do full partitionwise
    4133             :          * aggregation provided that the GROUP BY clause contains all of the
    4134             :          * partitioning columns at this level and the collation used by GROUP
    4135             :          * BY matches the partitioning collation.  Otherwise, we can do at
    4136             :          * most partial partitionwise aggregation.  But if partial aggregation
    4137             :          * is not supported in general then we can't use it for partitionwise
    4138             :          * aggregation either.
    4139             :          *
    4140             :          * Check parse->groupClause not processed_groupClause, because it's
    4141             :          * okay if some of the partitioning columns were proved redundant.
    4142             :          */
    4143        1640 :         if (extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL &&
    4144         772 :             group_by_has_partkey(input_rel, extra->targetList,
    4145         772 :                                  root->parse->groupClause))
    4146         488 :             patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL;
    4147         380 :         else if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
    4148         338 :             patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL;
    4149             :         else
    4150          42 :             patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
    4151             :     }
    4152             : 
    4153             :     /*
    4154             :      * Before generating paths for grouped_rel, we first generate any possible
    4155             :      * partially grouped paths; that way, later code can easily consider both
    4156             :      * parallel and non-parallel approaches to grouping.
    4157             :      */
    4158       48092 :     if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
    4159             :     {
    4160             :         bool        force_rel_creation;
    4161             : 
    4162             :         /*
    4163             :          * If we're doing partitionwise aggregation at this level, force
    4164             :          * creation of a partially_grouped_rel so we can add partitionwise
    4165             :          * paths to it.
    4166             :          */
    4167       43128 :         force_rel_creation = (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL);
    4168             : 
    4169             :         partially_grouped_rel =
    4170       43128 :             create_partial_grouping_paths(root,
    4171             :                                           grouped_rel,
    4172             :                                           input_rel,
    4173             :                                           gd,
    4174             :                                           extra,
    4175             :                                           force_rel_creation);
    4176             :     }
    4177             : 
    4178             :     /* Set out parameter. */
    4179       48092 :     *partially_grouped_rel_p = partially_grouped_rel;
    4180             : 
    4181             :     /* Apply partitionwise aggregation technique, if possible. */
    4182       48092 :     if (patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE)
    4183         826 :         create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
    4184             :                                             partially_grouped_rel, agg_costs,
    4185             :                                             gd, patype, extra);
    4186             : 
    4187             :     /* If we are doing partial aggregation only, return. */
    4188       48092 :     if (extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL)
    4189             :     {
    4190             :         Assert(partially_grouped_rel);
    4191             : 
    4192         858 :         if (partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    4193         858 :             set_cheapest(partially_grouped_rel);
    4194             : 
    4195         858 :         return;
    4196             :     }
    4197             : 
    4198             :     /* Gather any partially grouped partial paths. */
    4199       47234 :     if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->partial_pathlist)
    4200        2772 :         gather_grouping_paths(root, partially_grouped_rel);
    4201             : 
    4202             :     /* Now choose the best path(s) for partially_grouped_rel. */
    4203       47234 :     if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    4204        3000 :         set_cheapest(partially_grouped_rel);
    4205             : 
    4206             :     /* Build final grouping paths */
    4207       47234 :     add_paths_to_grouping_rel(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
    4208             :                               partially_grouped_rel, agg_costs, gd,
    4209             :                               extra);
    4210             : 
    4211             :     /* Give a helpful error if we failed to find any implementation */
    4212       47234 :     if (grouped_rel->pathlist == NIL)
    4213           6 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4214             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4215             :                  errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
    4216             :                  errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
    4217             : 
    4218             :     /*
    4219             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    4220             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    4221             :      */
    4222       47228 :     if (grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
    4223         338 :         grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    4224         336 :         grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
    4225             :                                                       input_rel, grouped_rel,
    4226             :                                                       extra);
    4227             : 
    4228             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    4229       47228 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    4230           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
    4231             :                                     input_rel, grouped_rel,
    4232             :                                     extra);
    4233             : }
    4234             : 
    4235             : /*
    4236             :  * For a given input path, consider the possible ways of doing grouping sets on
    4237             :  * it, by combinations of hashing and sorting.  This can be called multiple
    4238             :  * times, so it's important that it not scribble on input.  No result is
    4239             :  * returned, but any generated paths are added to grouped_rel.
    4240             :  */
    4241             : static void
    4242        1962 : consider_groupingsets_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    4243             :                             RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    4244             :                             Path *path,
    4245             :                             bool is_sorted,
    4246             :                             bool can_hash,
    4247             :                             grouping_sets_data *gd,
    4248             :                             const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    4249             :                             double dNumGroups)
    4250             : {
    4251        1962 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    4252        1962 :     Size        hash_mem_limit = get_hash_memory_limit();
    4253             : 
    4254             :     /*
    4255             :      * If we're not being offered sorted input, then only consider plans that
    4256             :      * can be done entirely by hashing.
    4257             :      *
    4258             :      * We can hash everything if it looks like it'll fit in hash_mem. But if
    4259             :      * the input is actually sorted despite not being advertised as such, we
    4260             :      * prefer to make use of that in order to use less memory.
    4261             :      *
    4262             :      * If none of the grouping sets are sortable, then ignore the hash_mem
    4263             :      * limit and generate a path anyway, since otherwise we'll just fail.
    4264             :      */
    4265        1962 :     if (!is_sorted)
    4266             :     {
    4267         900 :         List       *new_rollups = NIL;
    4268         900 :         RollupData *unhashed_rollup = NULL;
    4269             :         List       *sets_data;
    4270         900 :         List       *empty_sets_data = NIL;
    4271         900 :         List       *empty_sets = NIL;
    4272             :         ListCell   *lc;
    4273         900 :         ListCell   *l_start = list_head(gd->rollups);
    4274         900 :         AggStrategy strat = AGG_HASHED;
    4275             :         double      hashsize;
    4276         900 :         double      exclude_groups = 0.0;
    4277             : 
    4278             :         Assert(can_hash);
    4279             : 
    4280             :         /*
    4281             :          * If the input is coincidentally sorted usefully (which can happen
    4282             :          * even if is_sorted is false, since that only means that our caller
    4283             :          * has set up the sorting for us), then save some hashtable space by
    4284             :          * making use of that. But we need to watch out for degenerate cases:
    4285             :          *
    4286             :          * 1) If there are any empty grouping sets, then group_pathkeys might
    4287             :          * be NIL if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable. In this case,
    4288             :          * there will be a rollup containing only empty groups, and the
    4289             :          * pathkeys_contained_in test is vacuously true; this is ok.
    4290             :          *
    4291             :          * XXX: the above relies on the fact that group_pathkeys is generated
    4292             :          * from the first rollup. If we add the ability to consider multiple
    4293             :          * sort orders for grouping input, this assumption might fail.
    4294             :          *
    4295             :          * 2) If there are no empty sets and only unsortable sets, then the
    4296             :          * rollups list will be empty (and thus l_start == NULL), and
    4297             :          * group_pathkeys will be NIL; we must ensure that the vacuously-true
    4298             :          * pathkeys_contained_in test doesn't cause us to crash.
    4299             :          */
    4300        1794 :         if (l_start != NULL &&
    4301         894 :             pathkeys_contained_in(root->group_pathkeys, path->pathkeys))
    4302             :         {
    4303          36 :             unhashed_rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, l_start);
    4304          36 :             exclude_groups = unhashed_rollup->numGroups;
    4305          36 :             l_start = lnext(gd->rollups, l_start);
    4306             :         }
    4307             : 
    4308         900 :         hashsize = estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
    4309             :                                               path,
    4310             :                                               agg_costs,
    4311             :                                               dNumGroups - exclude_groups);
    4312             : 
    4313             :         /*
    4314             :          * gd->rollups is empty if we have only unsortable columns to work
    4315             :          * with.  Override hash_mem in that case; otherwise, we'll rely on the
    4316             :          * sorted-input case to generate usable mixed paths.
    4317             :          */
    4318         900 :         if (hashsize > hash_mem_limit && gd->rollups)
    4319          18 :             return;             /* nope, won't fit */
    4320             : 
    4321             :         /*
    4322             :          * We need to burst the existing rollups list into individual grouping
    4323             :          * sets and recompute a groupClause for each set.
    4324             :          */
    4325         882 :         sets_data = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
    4326             : 
    4327        2228 :         for_each_cell(lc, gd->rollups, l_start)
    4328             :         {
    4329        1370 :             RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    4330             : 
    4331             :             /*
    4332             :              * If we find an unhashable rollup that's not been skipped by the
    4333             :              * "actually sorted" check above, we can't cope; we'd need sorted
    4334             :              * input (with a different sort order) but we can't get that here.
    4335             :              * So bail out; we'll get a valid path from the is_sorted case
    4336             :              * instead.
    4337             :              *
    4338             :              * The mere presence of empty grouping sets doesn't make a rollup
    4339             :              * unhashable (see preprocess_grouping_sets), we handle those
    4340             :              * specially below.
    4341             :              */
    4342        1370 :             if (!rollup->hashable)
    4343          24 :                 return;
    4344             : 
    4345        1346 :             sets_data = list_concat(sets_data, rollup->gsets_data);
    4346             :         }
    4347        3480 :         foreach(lc, sets_data)
    4348             :         {
    4349        2622 :             GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
    4350        2622 :             List       *gset = gs->set;
    4351             :             RollupData *rollup;
    4352             : 
    4353        2622 :             if (gset == NIL)
    4354             :             {
    4355             :                 /* Empty grouping sets can't be hashed. */
    4356         530 :                 empty_sets_data = lappend(empty_sets_data, gs);
    4357         530 :                 empty_sets = lappend(empty_sets, NIL);
    4358             :             }
    4359             :             else
    4360             :             {
    4361        2092 :                 rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    4362             : 
    4363        2092 :                 rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gset);
    4364        2092 :                 rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
    4365        2092 :                 rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
    4366             :                                                          rollup->gsets_data,
    4367             :                                                          gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    4368        2092 :                 rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
    4369        2092 :                 rollup->hashable = true;
    4370        2092 :                 rollup->is_hashed = true;
    4371        2092 :                 new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, rollup);
    4372             :             }
    4373             :         }
    4374             : 
    4375             :         /*
    4376             :          * If we didn't find anything nonempty to hash, then bail.  We'll
    4377             :          * generate a path from the is_sorted case.
    4378             :          */
    4379         858 :         if (new_rollups == NIL)
    4380           0 :             return;
    4381             : 
    4382             :         /*
    4383             :          * If there were empty grouping sets they should have been in the
    4384             :          * first rollup.
    4385             :          */
    4386             :         Assert(!unhashed_rollup || !empty_sets);
    4387             : 
    4388         858 :         if (unhashed_rollup)
    4389             :         {
    4390          36 :             new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, unhashed_rollup);
    4391          36 :             strat = AGG_MIXED;
    4392             :         }
    4393         822 :         else if (empty_sets)
    4394             :         {
    4395         482 :             RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    4396             : 
    4397         482 :             rollup->groupClause = NIL;
    4398         482 :             rollup->gsets_data = empty_sets_data;
    4399         482 :             rollup->gsets = empty_sets;
    4400         482 :             rollup->numGroups = list_length(empty_sets);
    4401         482 :             rollup->hashable = false;
    4402         482 :             rollup->is_hashed = false;
    4403         482 :             new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, rollup);
    4404         482 :             strat = AGG_MIXED;
    4405             :         }
    4406             : 
    4407         858 :         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    4408         858 :                  create_groupingsets_path(root,
    4409             :                                           grouped_rel,
    4410             :                                           path,
    4411         858 :                                           (List *) parse->havingQual,
    4412             :                                           strat,
    4413             :                                           new_rollups,
    4414             :                                           agg_costs));
    4415         858 :         return;
    4416             :     }
    4417             : 
    4418             :     /*
    4419             :      * If we have sorted input but nothing we can do with it, bail.
    4420             :      */
    4421        1062 :     if (gd->rollups == NIL)
    4422           0 :         return;
    4423             : 
    4424             :     /*
    4425             :      * Given sorted input, we try and make two paths: one sorted and one mixed
    4426             :      * sort/hash. (We need to try both because hashagg might be disabled, or
    4427             :      * some columns might not be sortable.)
    4428             :      *
    4429             :      * can_hash is passed in as false if some obstacle elsewhere (such as
    4430             :      * ordered aggs) means that we shouldn't consider hashing at all.
    4431             :      */
    4432        1062 :     if (can_hash && gd->any_hashable)
    4433             :     {
    4434         966 :         List       *rollups = NIL;
    4435         966 :         List       *hash_sets = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
    4436         966 :         double      availspace = hash_mem_limit;
    4437             :         ListCell   *lc;
    4438             : 
    4439             :         /*
    4440             :          * Account first for space needed for groups we can't sort at all.
    4441             :          */
    4442         966 :         availspace -= estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
    4443             :                                                  path,
    4444             :                                                  agg_costs,
    4445             :                                                  gd->dNumHashGroups);
    4446             : 
    4447         966 :         if (availspace > 0 && list_length(gd->rollups) > 1)
    4448             :         {
    4449             :             double      scale;
    4450         492 :             int         num_rollups = list_length(gd->rollups);
    4451             :             int         k_capacity;
    4452         492 :             int        *k_weights = palloc(num_rollups * sizeof(int));
    4453         492 :             Bitmapset  *hash_items = NULL;
    4454             :             int         i;
    4455             : 
    4456             :             /*
    4457             :              * We treat this as a knapsack problem: the knapsack capacity
    4458             :              * represents hash_mem, the item weights are the estimated memory
    4459             :              * usage of the hashtables needed to implement a single rollup,
    4460             :              * and we really ought to use the cost saving as the item value;
    4461             :              * however, currently the costs assigned to sort nodes don't
    4462             :              * reflect the comparison costs well, and so we treat all items as
    4463             :              * of equal value (each rollup we hash instead saves us one sort).
    4464             :              *
    4465             :              * To use the discrete knapsack, we need to scale the values to a
    4466             :              * reasonably small bounded range.  We choose to allow a 5% error
    4467             :              * margin; we have no more than 4096 rollups in the worst possible
    4468             :              * case, which with a 5% error margin will require a bit over 42MB
    4469             :              * of workspace. (Anyone wanting to plan queries that complex had
    4470             :              * better have the memory for it.  In more reasonable cases, with
    4471             :              * no more than a couple of dozen rollups, the memory usage will
    4472             :              * be negligible.)
    4473             :              *
    4474             :              * k_capacity is naturally bounded, but we clamp the values for
    4475             :              * scale and weight (below) to avoid overflows or underflows (or
    4476             :              * uselessly trying to use a scale factor less than 1 byte).
    4477             :              */
    4478         492 :             scale = Max(availspace / (20.0 * num_rollups), 1.0);
    4479         492 :             k_capacity = (int) floor(availspace / scale);
    4480             : 
    4481             :             /*
    4482             :              * We leave the first rollup out of consideration since it's the
    4483             :              * one that matches the input sort order.  We assign indexes "i"
    4484             :              * to only those entries considered for hashing; the second loop,
    4485             :              * below, must use the same condition.
    4486             :              */
    4487         492 :             i = 0;
    4488        1248 :             for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
    4489             :             {
    4490         756 :                 RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    4491             : 
    4492         756 :                 if (rollup->hashable)
    4493             :                 {
    4494         756 :                     double      sz = estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
    4495             :                                                                 path,
    4496             :                                                                 agg_costs,
    4497             :                                                                 rollup->numGroups);
    4498             : 
    4499             :                     /*
    4500             :                      * If sz is enormous, but hash_mem (and hence scale) is
    4501             :                      * small, avoid integer overflow here.
    4502             :                      */
    4503         756 :                     k_weights[i] = (int) Min(floor(sz / scale),
    4504             :                                              k_capacity + 1.0);
    4505         756 :                     ++i;
    4506             :                 }
    4507             :             }
    4508             : 
    4509             :             /*
    4510             :              * Apply knapsack algorithm; compute the set of items which
    4511             :              * maximizes the value stored (in this case the number of sorts
    4512             :              * saved) while keeping the total size (approximately) within
    4513             :              * capacity.
    4514             :              */
    4515         492 :             if (i > 0)
    4516         492 :                 hash_items = DiscreteKnapsack(k_capacity, i, k_weights, NULL);
    4517             : 
    4518         492 :             if (!bms_is_empty(hash_items))
    4519             :             {
    4520         492 :                 rollups = list_make1(linitial(gd->rollups));
    4521             : 
    4522         492 :                 i = 0;
    4523        1248 :                 for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
    4524             :                 {
    4525         756 :                     RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    4526             : 
    4527         756 :                     if (rollup->hashable)
    4528             :                     {
    4529         756 :                         if (bms_is_member(i, hash_items))
    4530         720 :                             hash_sets = list_concat(hash_sets,
    4531         720 :                                                     rollup->gsets_data);
    4532             :                         else
    4533          36 :                             rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
    4534         756 :                         ++i;
    4535             :                     }
    4536             :                     else
    4537           0 :                         rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
    4538             :                 }
    4539             :             }
    4540             :         }
    4541             : 
    4542         966 :         if (!rollups && hash_sets)
    4543          24 :             rollups = list_copy(gd->rollups);
    4544             : 
    4545        1826 :         foreach(lc, hash_sets)
    4546             :         {
    4547         860 :             GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
    4548         860 :             RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    4549             : 
    4550             :             Assert(gs->set != NIL);
    4551             : 
    4552         860 :             rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
    4553         860 :             rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
    4554         860 :             rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
    4555             :                                                      rollup->gsets_data,
    4556             :                                                      gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    4557         860 :             rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
    4558         860 :             rollup->hashable = true;
    4559         860 :             rollup->is_hashed = true;
    4560         860 :             rollups = lcons(rollup, rollups);
    4561             :         }
    4562             : 
    4563         966 :         if (rollups)
    4564             :         {
    4565         516 :             add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    4566         516 :                      create_groupingsets_path(root,
    4567             :                                               grouped_rel,
    4568             :                                               path,
    4569         516 :                                               (List *) parse->havingQual,
    4570             :                                               AGG_MIXED,
    4571             :                                               rollups,
    4572             :                                               agg_costs));
    4573             :         }
    4574             :     }
    4575             : 
    4576             :     /*
    4577             :      * Now try the simple sorted case.
    4578             :      */
    4579        1062 :     if (!gd->unsortable_sets)
    4580        1032 :         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    4581        1032 :                  create_groupingsets_path(root,
    4582             :                                           grouped_rel,
    4583             :                                           path,
    4584        1032 :                                           (List *) parse->havingQual,
    4585             :                                           AGG_SORTED,
    4586             :                                           gd->rollups,
    4587             :                                           agg_costs));
    4588             : }
    4589             : 
    4590             : /*
    4591             :  * create_window_paths
    4592             :  *
    4593             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for window-function evaluation.
    4594             :  *
    4595             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    4596             :  * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
    4597             :  * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
    4598             :  * wflists: result of find_window_functions
    4599             :  * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
    4600             :  *
    4601             :  * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return input_target.
    4602             :  */
    4603             : static RelOptInfo *
    4604        2676 : create_window_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    4605             :                     RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4606             :                     PathTarget *input_target,
    4607             :                     PathTarget *output_target,
    4608             :                     bool output_target_parallel_safe,
    4609             :                     WindowFuncLists *wflists,
    4610             :                     List *activeWindows)
    4611             : {
    4612             :     RelOptInfo *window_rel;
    4613             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4614             : 
    4615             :     /* For now, do all work in the (WINDOW, NULL) upperrel */
    4616        2676 :     window_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_WINDOW, NULL);
    4617             : 
    4618             :     /*
    4619             :      * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the window relation
    4620             :      * can't be parallel-safe, either.  Otherwise, we need to examine the
    4621             :      * target list and active windows for non-parallel-safe constructs.
    4622             :      */
    4623        2676 :     if (input_rel->consider_parallel && output_target_parallel_safe &&
    4624           0 :         is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) activeWindows))
    4625           0 :         window_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    4626             : 
    4627             :     /*
    4628             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the window rel.
    4629             :      */
    4630        2676 :     window_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    4631        2676 :     window_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    4632        2676 :     window_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    4633        2676 :     window_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    4634             : 
    4635             :     /*
    4636             :      * Consider computing window functions starting from the existing
    4637             :      * cheapest-total path (which will likely require a sort) as well as any
    4638             :      * existing paths that satisfy or partially satisfy root->window_pathkeys.
    4639             :      */
    4640        5692 :     foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    4641             :     {
    4642        3016 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    4643             :         int         presorted_keys;
    4644             : 
    4645        3356 :         if (path == input_rel->cheapest_total_path ||
    4646         340 :             pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->window_pathkeys, path->pathkeys,
    4647         152 :                                         &presorted_keys) ||
    4648         152 :             presorted_keys > 0)
    4649        2890 :             create_one_window_path(root,
    4650             :                                    window_rel,
    4651             :                                    path,
    4652             :                                    input_target,
    4653             :                                    output_target,
    4654             :                                    wflists,
    4655             :                                    activeWindows);
    4656             :     }
    4657             : 
    4658             :     /*
    4659             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    4660             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    4661             :      */
    4662        2676 :     if (window_rel->fdwroutine &&
    4663          12 :         window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    4664          12 :         window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
    4665             :                                                      input_rel, window_rel,
    4666             :                                                      NULL);
    4667             : 
    4668             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    4669        2676 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    4670           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
    4671             :                                     input_rel, window_rel, NULL);
    4672             : 
    4673             :     /* Now choose the best path(s) */
    4674        2676 :     set_cheapest(window_rel);
    4675             : 
    4676        2676 :     return window_rel;
    4677             : }
    4678             : 
    4679             : /*
    4680             :  * Stack window-function implementation steps atop the given Path, and
    4681             :  * add the result to window_rel.
    4682             :  *
    4683             :  * window_rel: upperrel to contain result
    4684             :  * path: input Path to use (must return input_target)
    4685             :  * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
    4686             :  * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
    4687             :  * wflists: result of find_window_functions
    4688             :  * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
    4689             :  */
    4690             : static void
    4691        2890 : create_one_window_path(PlannerInfo *root,
    4692             :                        RelOptInfo *window_rel,
    4693             :                        Path *path,
    4694             :                        PathTarget *input_target,
    4695             :                        PathTarget *output_target,
    4696             :                        WindowFuncLists *wflists,
    4697             :                        List *activeWindows)
    4698             : {
    4699             :     PathTarget *window_target;
    4700             :     ListCell   *l;
    4701        2890 :     List       *topqual = NIL;
    4702             : 
    4703             :     /*
    4704             :      * Since each window clause could require a different sort order, we stack
    4705             :      * up a WindowAgg node for each clause, with sort steps between them as
    4706             :      * needed.  (We assume that select_active_windows chose a good order for
    4707             :      * executing the clauses in.)
    4708             :      *
    4709             :      * input_target should contain all Vars and Aggs needed for the result.
    4710             :      * (In some cases we wouldn't need to propagate all of these all the way
    4711             :      * to the top, since they might only be needed as inputs to WindowFuncs.
    4712             :      * It's probably not worth trying to optimize that though.)  It must also
    4713             :      * contain all window partitioning and sorting expressions, to ensure
    4714             :      * they're computed only once at the bottom of the stack (that's critical
    4715             :      * for volatile functions).  As we climb up the stack, we'll add outputs
    4716             :      * for the WindowFuncs computed at each level.
    4717             :      */
    4718        2890 :     window_target = input_target;
    4719             : 
    4720        5966 :     foreach(l, activeWindows)
    4721             :     {
    4722        3076 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, l);
    4723             :         List       *window_pathkeys;
    4724        3076 :         List       *runcondition = NIL;
    4725             :         int         presorted_keys;
    4726             :         bool        is_sorted;
    4727             :         bool        topwindow;
    4728             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    4729             : 
    4730        3076 :         window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
    4731             :                                                    wc,
    4732             :                                                    root->processed_tlist);
    4733             : 
    4734        3076 :         is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(window_pathkeys,
    4735             :                                                 path->pathkeys,
    4736             :                                                 &presorted_keys);
    4737             : 
    4738             :         /* Sort if necessary */
    4739        3076 :         if (!is_sorted)
    4740             :         {
    4741             :             /*
    4742             :              * No presorted keys or incremental sort disabled, just perform a
    4743             :              * complete sort.
    4744             :              */
    4745        2184 :             if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    4746        2122 :                 path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root, window_rel,
    4747             :                                                  path,
    4748             :                                                  window_pathkeys,
    4749             :                                                  -1.0);
    4750             :             else
    4751             :             {
    4752             :                 /*
    4753             :                  * Since we have presorted keys and incremental sort is
    4754             :                  * enabled, just use incremental sort.
    4755             :                  */
    4756          62 :                 path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    4757             :                                                              window_rel,
    4758             :                                                              path,
    4759             :                                                              window_pathkeys,
    4760             :                                                              presorted_keys,
    4761             :                                                              -1.0);
    4762             :             }
    4763             :         }
    4764             : 
    4765        3076 :         if (lnext(activeWindows, l))
    4766             :         {
    4767             :             /*
    4768             :              * Add the current WindowFuncs to the output target for this
    4769             :              * intermediate WindowAggPath.  We must copy window_target to
    4770             :              * avoid changing the previous path's target.
    4771             :              *
    4772             :              * Note: a WindowFunc adds nothing to the target's eval costs; but
    4773             :              * we do need to account for the increase in tlist width.
    4774             :              */
    4775         186 :             int64       tuple_width = window_target->width;
    4776             : 
    4777         186 :             window_target = copy_pathtarget(window_target);
    4778         444 :             foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    4779             :             {
    4780         258 :                 WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
    4781             : 
    4782         258 :                 add_column_to_pathtarget(window_target, (Expr *) wfunc, 0);
    4783         258 :                 tuple_width += get_typavgwidth(wfunc->wintype, -1);
    4784             :             }
    4785         186 :             window_target->width = clamp_width_est(tuple_width);
    4786             :         }
    4787             :         else
    4788             :         {
    4789             :             /* Install the goal target in the topmost WindowAgg */
    4790        2890 :             window_target = output_target;
    4791             :         }
    4792             : 
    4793             :         /* mark the final item in the list as the top-level window */
    4794        3076 :         topwindow = foreach_current_index(l) == list_length(activeWindows) - 1;
    4795             : 
    4796             :         /*
    4797             :          * Collect the WindowFuncRunConditions from each WindowFunc and
    4798             :          * convert them into OpExprs
    4799             :          */
    4800        7034 :         foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    4801             :         {
    4802             :             ListCell   *lc3;
    4803        3958 :             WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
    4804             : 
    4805        4138 :             foreach(lc3, wfunc->runCondition)
    4806             :             {
    4807         180 :                 WindowFuncRunCondition *wfuncrc =
    4808             :                     lfirst_node(WindowFuncRunCondition, lc3);
    4809             :                 Expr       *opexpr;
    4810             :                 Expr       *leftop;
    4811             :                 Expr       *rightop;
    4812             : 
    4813         180 :                 if (wfuncrc->wfunc_left)
    4814             :                 {
    4815         162 :                     leftop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
    4816         162 :                     rightop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
    4817             :                 }
    4818             :                 else
    4819             :                 {
    4820          18 :                     leftop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
    4821          18 :                     rightop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
    4822             :                 }
    4823             : 
    4824         180 :                 opexpr = make_opclause(wfuncrc->opno,
    4825             :                                        BOOLOID,
    4826             :                                        false,
    4827             :                                        leftop,
    4828             :                                        rightop,
    4829             :                                        InvalidOid,
    4830             :                                        wfuncrc->inputcollid);
    4831             : 
    4832         180 :                 runcondition = lappend(runcondition, opexpr);
    4833             : 
    4834         180 :                 if (!topwindow)
    4835          24 :                     topqual = lappend(topqual, opexpr);
    4836             :             }
    4837             :         }
    4838             : 
    4839             :         path = (Path *)
    4840        3076 :             create_windowagg_path(root, window_rel, path, window_target,
    4841        3076 :                                   wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref],
    4842             :                                   runcondition, wc,
    4843             :                                   topwindow ? topqual : NIL, topwindow);
    4844             :     }
    4845             : 
    4846        2890 :     add_path(window_rel, path);
    4847        2890 : }
    4848             : 
    4849             : /*
    4850             :  * create_distinct_paths
    4851             :  *
    4852             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for SELECT DISTINCT evaluation.
    4853             :  *
    4854             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    4855             :  * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
    4856             :  *
    4857             :  * Note: input paths should already compute the desired pathtarget, since
    4858             :  * Sort/Unique won't project anything.
    4859             :  */
    4860             : static RelOptInfo *
    4861        3024 : create_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4862             :                       PathTarget *target)
    4863             : {
    4864             :     RelOptInfo *distinct_rel;
    4865             : 
    4866             :     /* For now, do all work in the (DISTINCT, NULL) upperrel */
    4867        3024 :     distinct_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_DISTINCT, NULL);
    4868             : 
    4869             :     /*
    4870             :      * We don't compute anything at this level, so distinct_rel will be
    4871             :      * parallel-safe if the input rel is parallel-safe.  In particular, if
    4872             :      * there is a DISTINCT ON (...) clause, any path for the input_rel will
    4873             :      * output those expressions, and will not be parallel-safe unless those
    4874             :      * expressions are parallel-safe.
    4875             :      */
    4876        3024 :     distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
    4877             : 
    4878             :     /*
    4879             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the distinct_rel.
    4880             :      */
    4881        3024 :     distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    4882        3024 :     distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    4883        3024 :     distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    4884        3024 :     distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    4885             : 
    4886             :     /* build distinct paths based on input_rel's pathlist */
    4887        3024 :     create_final_distinct_paths(root, input_rel, distinct_rel);
    4888             : 
    4889             :     /* now build distinct paths based on input_rel's partial_pathlist */
    4890        3024 :     create_partial_distinct_paths(root, input_rel, distinct_rel, target);
    4891             : 
    4892             :     /* Give a helpful error if we failed to create any paths */
    4893        3024 :     if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
    4894           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4895             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4896             :                  errmsg("could not implement DISTINCT"),
    4897             :                  errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
    4898             : 
    4899             :     /*
    4900             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    4901             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    4902             :      */
    4903        3024 :     if (distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
    4904          16 :         distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    4905          16 :         distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
    4906             :                                                        UPPERREL_DISTINCT,
    4907             :                                                        input_rel,
    4908             :                                                        distinct_rel,
    4909             :                                                        NULL);
    4910             : 
    4911             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    4912        3024 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    4913           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_DISTINCT, input_rel,
    4914             :                                     distinct_rel, NULL);
    4915             : 
    4916             :     /* Now choose the best path(s) */
    4917        3024 :     set_cheapest(distinct_rel);
    4918             : 
    4919        3024 :     return distinct_rel;
    4920             : }
    4921             : 
    4922             : /*
    4923             :  * create_partial_distinct_paths
    4924             :  *
    4925             :  * Process 'input_rel' partial paths and add unique/aggregate paths to the
    4926             :  * UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT rel.  For paths created, add Gather/GatherMerge
    4927             :  * paths on top and add a final unique/aggregate path to remove any duplicate
    4928             :  * produced from combining rows from parallel workers.
    4929             :  */
    4930             : static void
    4931        3024 : create_partial_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4932             :                               RelOptInfo *final_distinct_rel,
    4933             :                               PathTarget *target)
    4934             : {
    4935             :     RelOptInfo *partial_distinct_rel;
    4936             :     Query      *parse;
    4937             :     List       *distinctExprs;
    4938             :     double      numDistinctRows;
    4939             :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    4940             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4941             : 
    4942             :     /* nothing to do when there are no partial paths in the input rel */
    4943        3024 :     if (!input_rel->consider_parallel || input_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
    4944        2916 :         return;
    4945             : 
    4946         108 :     parse = root->parse;
    4947             : 
    4948             :     /* can't do parallel DISTINCT ON */
    4949         108 :     if (parse->hasDistinctOn)
    4950           0 :         return;
    4951             : 
    4952         108 :     partial_distinct_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
    4953             :                                            NULL);
    4954         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->reltarget = target;
    4955         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
    4956             : 
    4957             :     /*
    4958             :      * If input_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the partial_distinct_rel.
    4959             :      */
    4960         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    4961         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    4962         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    4963         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    4964             : 
    4965         108 :     cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
    4966             : 
    4967         108 :     distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
    4968             :                                             parse->targetList);
    4969             : 
    4970             :     /* estimate how many distinct rows we'll get from each worker */
    4971         108 :     numDistinctRows = estimate_num_groups(root, distinctExprs,
    4972             :                                           cheapest_partial_path->rows,
    4973             :                                           NULL, NULL);
    4974             : 
    4975             :     /*
    4976             :      * Try sorting the cheapest path and incrementally sorting any paths with
    4977             :      * presorted keys and put a unique paths atop of those.  We'll also
    4978             :      * attempt to reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's
    4979             :      * pathkeys as much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to
    4980             :      * re-sort.
    4981             :      */
    4982         108 :     if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    4983             :     {
    4984         234 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
    4985             :         {
    4986         126 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    4987             :             Path       *sorted_path;
    4988         126 :             List       *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
    4989             : 
    4990             :             useful_pathkeys_list =
    4991         126 :                 get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(root,
    4992             :                                                  root->distinct_pathkeys,
    4993             :                                                  input_path->pathkeys);
    4994             :             Assert(list_length(useful_pathkeys_list) > 0);
    4995             : 
    4996         390 :             foreach_node(List, useful_pathkeys, useful_pathkeys_list)
    4997             :             {
    4998         138 :                 sorted_path = make_ordered_path(root,
    4999             :                                                 partial_distinct_rel,
    5000             :                                                 input_path,
    5001             :                                                 cheapest_partial_path,
    5002             :                                                 useful_pathkeys,
    5003             :                                                 -1.0);
    5004             : 
    5005         138 :                 if (sorted_path == NULL)
    5006          12 :                     continue;
    5007             : 
    5008             :                 /*
    5009             :                  * An empty distinct_pathkeys means all tuples have the same
    5010             :                  * value for the DISTINCT clause.  See
    5011             :                  * create_final_distinct_paths()
    5012             :                  */
    5013         126 :                 if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
    5014             :                 {
    5015             :                     Node       *limitCount;
    5016             : 
    5017           6 :                     limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
    5018             :                                                     sizeof(int64),
    5019             :                                                     Int64GetDatum(1), false,
    5020             :                                                     true);
    5021             : 
    5022             :                     /*
    5023             :                      * Apply a LimitPath onto the partial path to restrict the
    5024             :                      * tuples from each worker to 1.
    5025             :                      * create_final_distinct_paths will need to apply an
    5026             :                      * additional LimitPath to restrict this to a single row
    5027             :                      * after the Gather node.  If the query already has a
    5028             :                      * LIMIT clause, then we could end up with three Limit
    5029             :                      * nodes in the final plan.  Consolidating the top two of
    5030             :                      * these could be done, but does not seem worth troubling
    5031             :                      * over.
    5032             :                      */
    5033           6 :                     add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5034           6 :                                      create_limit_path(root, partial_distinct_rel,
    5035             :                                                        sorted_path,
    5036             :                                                        NULL,
    5037             :                                                        limitCount,
    5038             :                                                        LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT,
    5039             :                                                        0, 1));
    5040             :                 }
    5041             :                 else
    5042             :                 {
    5043         120 :                     add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5044         120 :                                      create_unique_path(root, partial_distinct_rel,
    5045             :                                                         sorted_path,
    5046         120 :                                                         list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
    5047             :                                                         numDistinctRows));
    5048             :                 }
    5049             :             }
    5050             :         }
    5051             :     }
    5052             : 
    5053             :     /*
    5054             :      * Now try hash aggregate paths, if enabled and hashing is possible. Since
    5055             :      * we're not on the hook to ensure we do our best to create at least one
    5056             :      * path here, we treat enable_hashagg as a hard off-switch rather than the
    5057             :      * slightly softer variant in create_final_distinct_paths.
    5058             :      */
    5059         108 :     if (enable_hashagg && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    5060             :     {
    5061          78 :         add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5062          78 :                          create_agg_path(root,
    5063             :                                          partial_distinct_rel,
    5064             :                                          cheapest_partial_path,
    5065             :                                          cheapest_partial_path->pathtarget,
    5066             :                                          AGG_HASHED,
    5067             :                                          AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    5068             :                                          root->processed_distinctClause,
    5069             :                                          NIL,
    5070             :                                          NULL,
    5071             :                                          numDistinctRows));
    5072             :     }
    5073             : 
    5074             :     /*
    5075             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    5076             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    5077             :      */
    5078         108 :     if (partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
    5079           0 :         partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    5080           0 :         partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
    5081             :                                                                UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
    5082             :                                                                input_rel,
    5083             :                                                                partial_distinct_rel,
    5084             :                                                                NULL);
    5085             : 
    5086             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more partial paths */
    5087         108 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    5088           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
    5089             :                                     input_rel, partial_distinct_rel, NULL);
    5090             : 
    5091         108 :     if (partial_distinct_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    5092             :     {
    5093         108 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, partial_distinct_rel, true);
    5094         108 :         set_cheapest(partial_distinct_rel);
    5095             : 
    5096             :         /*
    5097             :          * Finally, create paths to distinctify the final result.  This step
    5098             :          * is needed to remove any duplicates due to combining rows from
    5099             :          * parallel workers.
    5100             :          */
    5101         108 :         create_final_distinct_paths(root, partial_distinct_rel,
    5102             :                                     final_distinct_rel);
    5103             :     }
    5104             : }
    5105             : 
    5106             : /*
    5107             :  * create_final_distinct_paths
    5108             :  *      Create distinct paths in 'distinct_rel' based on 'input_rel' pathlist
    5109             :  *
    5110             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data paths
    5111             :  * distinct_rel: destination relation for storing created paths
    5112             :  */
    5113             : static RelOptInfo *
    5114        3132 : create_final_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    5115             :                             RelOptInfo *distinct_rel)
    5116             : {
    5117        3132 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    5118        3132 :     Path       *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    5119             :     double      numDistinctRows;
    5120             :     bool        allow_hash;
    5121             : 
    5122             :     /* Estimate number of distinct rows there will be */
    5123        3132 :     if (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets || parse->hasAggs ||
    5124        3058 :         root->hasHavingQual)
    5125             :     {
    5126             :         /*
    5127             :          * If there was grouping or aggregation, use the number of input rows
    5128             :          * as the estimated number of DISTINCT rows (ie, assume the input is
    5129             :          * already mostly unique).
    5130             :          */
    5131          74 :         numDistinctRows = cheapest_input_path->rows;
    5132             :     }
    5133             :     else
    5134             :     {
    5135             :         /*
    5136             :          * Otherwise, the UNIQUE filter has effects comparable to GROUP BY.
    5137             :          */
    5138             :         List       *distinctExprs;
    5139             : 
    5140        3058 :         distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
    5141             :                                                 parse->targetList);
    5142        3058 :         numDistinctRows = estimate_num_groups(root, distinctExprs,
    5143             :                                               cheapest_input_path->rows,
    5144             :                                               NULL, NULL);
    5145             :     }
    5146             : 
    5147             :     /*
    5148             :      * Consider sort-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
    5149             :      */
    5150        3132 :     if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    5151             :     {
    5152             :         /*
    5153             :          * Firstly, if we have any adequately-presorted paths, just stick a
    5154             :          * Unique node on those.  We also, consider doing an explicit sort of
    5155             :          * the cheapest input path and Unique'ing that.  If any paths have
    5156             :          * presorted keys then we'll create an incremental sort atop of those
    5157             :          * before adding a unique node on the top.  We'll also attempt to
    5158             :          * reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's pathkeys as
    5159             :          * much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to re-sort.
    5160             :          *
    5161             :          * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must sort by the more rigorous of
    5162             :          * DISTINCT and ORDER BY, else it won't have the desired behavior.
    5163             :          * Also, if we do have to do an explicit sort, we might as well use
    5164             :          * the more rigorous ordering to avoid a second sort later.  (Note
    5165             :          * that the parser will have ensured that one clause is a prefix of
    5166             :          * the other.)
    5167             :          */
    5168             :         List       *needed_pathkeys;
    5169             :         ListCell   *lc;
    5170        3126 :         double      limittuples = root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL ? 1.0 : -1.0;
    5171             : 
    5172        3376 :         if (parse->hasDistinctOn &&
    5173         250 :             list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) <
    5174         250 :             list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
    5175          54 :             needed_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
    5176             :         else
    5177        3072 :             needed_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
    5178             : 
    5179        8430 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    5180             :         {
    5181        5304 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    5182             :             Path       *sorted_path;
    5183        5304 :             List       *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
    5184             : 
    5185             :             useful_pathkeys_list =
    5186        5304 :                 get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(root,
    5187             :                                                  needed_pathkeys,
    5188             :                                                  input_path->pathkeys);
    5189             :             Assert(list_length(useful_pathkeys_list) > 0);
    5190             : 
    5191       16732 :             foreach_node(List, useful_pathkeys, useful_pathkeys_list)
    5192             :             {
    5193        6124 :                 sorted_path = make_ordered_path(root,
    5194             :                                                 distinct_rel,
    5195             :                                                 input_path,
    5196             :                                                 cheapest_input_path,
    5197             :                                                 useful_pathkeys,
    5198             :                                                 limittuples);
    5199             : 
    5200        6124 :                 if (sorted_path == NULL)
    5201         878 :                     continue;
    5202             : 
    5203             :                 /*
    5204             :                  * distinct_pathkeys may have become empty if all of the
    5205             :                  * pathkeys were determined to be redundant.  If all of the
    5206             :                  * pathkeys are redundant then each DISTINCT target must only
    5207             :                  * allow a single value, therefore all resulting tuples must
    5208             :                  * be identical (or at least indistinguishable by an equality
    5209             :                  * check).  We can uniquify these tuples simply by just taking
    5210             :                  * the first tuple.  All we do here is add a path to do "LIMIT
    5211             :                  * 1" atop of 'sorted_path'.  When doing a DISTINCT ON we may
    5212             :                  * still have a non-NIL sort_pathkeys list, so we must still
    5213             :                  * only do this with paths which are correctly sorted by
    5214             :                  * sort_pathkeys.
    5215             :                  */
    5216        5246 :                 if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
    5217             :                 {
    5218             :                     Node       *limitCount;
    5219             : 
    5220         138 :                     limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
    5221             :                                                     sizeof(int64),
    5222             :                                                     Int64GetDatum(1), false,
    5223             :                                                     true);
    5224             : 
    5225             :                     /*
    5226             :                      * If the query already has a LIMIT clause, then we could
    5227             :                      * end up with a duplicate LimitPath in the final plan.
    5228             :                      * That does not seem worth troubling over too much.
    5229             :                      */
    5230         138 :                     add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5231         138 :                              create_limit_path(root, distinct_rel, sorted_path,
    5232             :                                                NULL, limitCount,
    5233             :                                                LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT, 0, 1));
    5234             :                 }
    5235             :                 else
    5236             :                 {
    5237        5108 :                     add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5238        5108 :                              create_unique_path(root, distinct_rel,
    5239             :                                                 sorted_path,
    5240        5108 :                                                 list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
    5241             :                                                 numDistinctRows));
    5242             :                 }
    5243             :             }
    5244             :         }
    5245             :     }
    5246             : 
    5247             :     /*
    5248             :      * Consider hash-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
    5249             :      *
    5250             :      * If we were not able to make any other types of path, we *must* hash or
    5251             :      * die trying.  If we do have other choices, there are two things that
    5252             :      * should prevent selection of hashing: if the query uses DISTINCT ON
    5253             :      * (because it won't really have the expected behavior if we hash), or if
    5254             :      * enable_hashagg is off.
    5255             :      *
    5256             :      * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than the
    5257             :      * other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
    5258             :      */
    5259        3132 :     if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
    5260           6 :         allow_hash = true;      /* we have no alternatives */
    5261        3126 :     else if (parse->hasDistinctOn || !enable_hashagg)
    5262         400 :         allow_hash = false;     /* policy-based decision not to hash */
    5263             :     else
    5264        2726 :         allow_hash = true;      /* default */
    5265             : 
    5266        3132 :     if (allow_hash && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    5267             :     {
    5268             :         /* Generate hashed aggregate path --- no sort needed */
    5269        2732 :         add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5270        2732 :                  create_agg_path(root,
    5271             :                                  distinct_rel,
    5272             :                                  cheapest_input_path,
    5273             :                                  cheapest_input_path->pathtarget,
    5274             :                                  AGG_HASHED,
    5275             :                                  AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    5276             :                                  root->processed_distinctClause,
    5277             :                                  NIL,
    5278             :                                  NULL,
    5279             :                                  numDistinctRows));
    5280             :     }
    5281             : 
    5282        3132 :     return distinct_rel;
    5283             : }
    5284             : 
    5285             : /*
    5286             :  * get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct
    5287             :  *    Get useful orderings of pathkeys for distinctClause by reordering
    5288             :  *    'needed_pathkeys' to match the given 'path_pathkeys' as much as possible.
    5289             :  *
    5290             :  * This returns a list of pathkeys that can be useful for DISTINCT or DISTINCT
    5291             :  * ON clause.  For convenience, it always includes the given 'needed_pathkeys'.
    5292             :  */
    5293             : static List *
    5294        5430 : get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(PlannerInfo *root, List *needed_pathkeys,
    5295             :                                  List *path_pathkeys)
    5296             : {
    5297        5430 :     List       *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
    5298        5430 :     List       *useful_pathkeys = NIL;
    5299             : 
    5300             :     /* always include the given 'needed_pathkeys' */
    5301        5430 :     useful_pathkeys_list = lappend(useful_pathkeys_list,
    5302             :                                    needed_pathkeys);
    5303             : 
    5304        5430 :     if (!enable_distinct_reordering)
    5305           0 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5306             : 
    5307             :     /*
    5308             :      * Scan the given 'path_pathkeys' and construct a list of PathKey nodes
    5309             :      * that match 'needed_pathkeys', but only up to the longest matching
    5310             :      * prefix.
    5311             :      *
    5312             :      * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must ensure that the resulting pathkey
    5313             :      * list matches initial distinctClause pathkeys; otherwise, it won't have
    5314             :      * the desired behavior.
    5315             :      */
    5316       13442 :     foreach_node(PathKey, pathkey, path_pathkeys)
    5317             :     {
    5318             :         /*
    5319             :          * The PathKey nodes are canonical, so they can be checked for
    5320             :          * equality by simple pointer comparison.
    5321             :          */
    5322        2610 :         if (!list_member_ptr(needed_pathkeys, pathkey))
    5323          10 :             break;
    5324        2600 :         if (root->parse->hasDistinctOn &&
    5325         202 :             !list_member_ptr(root->distinct_pathkeys, pathkey))
    5326          18 :             break;
    5327             : 
    5328        2582 :         useful_pathkeys = lappend(useful_pathkeys, pathkey);
    5329             :     }
    5330             : 
    5331             :     /* If no match at all, no point in reordering needed_pathkeys */
    5332        5430 :     if (useful_pathkeys == NIL)
    5333        3112 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5334             : 
    5335             :     /*
    5336             :      * If not full match, the resulting pathkey list is not useful without
    5337             :      * incremental sort.
    5338             :      */
    5339        2318 :     if (list_length(useful_pathkeys) < list_length(needed_pathkeys) &&
    5340        1562 :         !enable_incremental_sort)
    5341          60 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5342             : 
    5343             :     /* Append the remaining PathKey nodes in needed_pathkeys */
    5344        2258 :     useful_pathkeys = list_concat_unique_ptr(useful_pathkeys,
    5345             :                                              needed_pathkeys);
    5346             : 
    5347             :     /*
    5348             :      * If the resulting pathkey list is the same as the 'needed_pathkeys',
    5349             :      * just drop it.
    5350             :      */
    5351        2258 :     if (compare_pathkeys(needed_pathkeys,
    5352             :                          useful_pathkeys) == PATHKEYS_EQUAL)
    5353        1426 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5354             : 
    5355         832 :     useful_pathkeys_list = lappend(useful_pathkeys_list,
    5356             :                                    useful_pathkeys);
    5357             : 
    5358         832 :     return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5359             : }
    5360             : 
    5361             : /*
    5362             :  * create_ordered_paths
    5363             :  *
    5364             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for ORDER BY evaluation.
    5365             :  *
    5366             :  * All paths in the result must satisfy the ORDER BY ordering.
    5367             :  * The only new paths we need consider are an explicit full sort
    5368             :  * and incremental sort on the cheapest-total existing path.
    5369             :  *
    5370             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    5371             :  * target: the output tlist the result Paths must emit
    5372             :  * limit_tuples: estimated bound on the number of output tuples,
    5373             :  *      or -1 if no LIMIT or couldn't estimate
    5374             :  *
    5375             :  * XXX This only looks at sort_pathkeys. I wonder if it needs to look at the
    5376             :  * other pathkeys (grouping, ...) like generate_useful_gather_paths.
    5377             :  */
    5378             : static RelOptInfo *
    5379       76072 : create_ordered_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    5380             :                      RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    5381             :                      PathTarget *target,
    5382             :                      bool target_parallel_safe,
    5383             :                      double limit_tuples)
    5384             : {
    5385       76072 :     Path       *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    5386             :     RelOptInfo *ordered_rel;
    5387             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5388             : 
    5389             :     /* For now, do all work in the (ORDERED, NULL) upperrel */
    5390       76072 :     ordered_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_ORDERED, NULL);
    5391             : 
    5392             :     /*
    5393             :      * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the ordered relation
    5394             :      * can't be parallel-safe, either.  Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
    5395             :      * target list is parallel-safe.
    5396             :      */
    5397       76072 :     if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe)
    5398       53048 :         ordered_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    5399             : 
    5400             :     /* Assume that the same path generation strategies are allowed. */
    5401       76072 :     ordered_rel->pgs_mask = input_rel->pgs_mask;
    5402             : 
    5403             :     /*
    5404             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the ordered_rel.
    5405             :      */
    5406       76072 :     ordered_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    5407       76072 :     ordered_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    5408       76072 :     ordered_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    5409       76072 :     ordered_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    5410             : 
    5411      192126 :     foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    5412             :     {
    5413      116054 :         Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    5414             :         Path       *sorted_path;
    5415             :         bool        is_sorted;
    5416             :         int         presorted_keys;
    5417             : 
    5418      116054 :         is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->sort_pathkeys,
    5419             :                                                 input_path->pathkeys, &presorted_keys);
    5420             : 
    5421      116054 :         if (is_sorted)
    5422       43546 :             sorted_path = input_path;
    5423             :         else
    5424             :         {
    5425             :             /*
    5426             :              * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
    5427             :              * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
    5428             :              * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
    5429             :              * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
    5430             :              * input path).
    5431             :              */
    5432       72508 :             if (input_path != cheapest_input_path &&
    5433        6336 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    5434        2232 :                 continue;
    5435             : 
    5436             :             /*
    5437             :              * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    5438             :              * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    5439             :              * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    5440             :              */
    5441       70276 :             if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    5442       65544 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    5443             :                                                         ordered_rel,
    5444             :                                                         input_path,
    5445             :                                                         root->sort_pathkeys,
    5446             :                                                         limit_tuples);
    5447             :             else
    5448        4732 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    5449             :                                                                     ordered_rel,
    5450             :                                                                     input_path,
    5451             :                                                                     root->sort_pathkeys,
    5452             :                                                                     presorted_keys,
    5453             :                                                                     limit_tuples);
    5454             :         }
    5455             : 
    5456             :         /*
    5457             :          * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions from
    5458             :          * the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
    5459             :          */
    5460      113822 :         if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
    5461         394 :             sorted_path = apply_projection_to_path(root, ordered_rel,
    5462             :                                                    sorted_path, target);
    5463             : 
    5464      113822 :         add_path(ordered_rel, sorted_path);
    5465             :     }
    5466             : 
    5467             :     /*
    5468             :      * generate_gather_paths() will have already generated a simple Gather
    5469             :      * path for the best parallel path, if any, and the loop above will have
    5470             :      * considered sorting it.  Similarly, generate_gather_paths() will also
    5471             :      * have generated order-preserving Gather Merge plans which can be used
    5472             :      * without sorting if they happen to match the sort_pathkeys, and the loop
    5473             :      * above will have handled those as well.  However, there's one more
    5474             :      * possibility: it may make sense to sort the cheapest partial path or
    5475             :      * incrementally sort any partial path that is partially sorted according
    5476             :      * to the required output order and then use Gather Merge.
    5477             :      */
    5478       76072 :     if (ordered_rel->consider_parallel && root->sort_pathkeys != NIL &&
    5479       52844 :         input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    5480             :     {
    5481             :         Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    5482             : 
    5483        2866 :         cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
    5484             : 
    5485        6526 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
    5486             :         {
    5487        3660 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    5488             :             Path       *sorted_path;
    5489             :             bool        is_sorted;
    5490             :             int         presorted_keys;
    5491             :             double      total_groups;
    5492             : 
    5493        3660 :             is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->sort_pathkeys,
    5494             :                                                     input_path->pathkeys,
    5495             :                                                     &presorted_keys);
    5496             : 
    5497        3660 :             if (is_sorted)
    5498         674 :                 continue;
    5499             : 
    5500             :             /*
    5501             :              * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
    5502             :              * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
    5503             :              * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
    5504             :              * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
    5505             :              * partial path).
    5506             :              */
    5507        2986 :             if (input_path != cheapest_partial_path &&
    5508         150 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    5509           0 :                 continue;
    5510             : 
    5511             :             /*
    5512             :              * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    5513             :              * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    5514             :              * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    5515             :              */
    5516        2986 :             if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    5517        2818 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    5518             :                                                         ordered_rel,
    5519             :                                                         input_path,
    5520             :                                                         root->sort_pathkeys,
    5521             :                                                         limit_tuples);
    5522             :             else
    5523         168 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    5524             :                                                                     ordered_rel,
    5525             :                                                                     input_path,
    5526             :                                                                     root->sort_pathkeys,
    5527             :                                                                     presorted_keys,
    5528             :                                                                     limit_tuples);
    5529        2986 :             total_groups = compute_gather_rows(sorted_path);
    5530             :             sorted_path = (Path *)
    5531        2986 :                 create_gather_merge_path(root, ordered_rel,
    5532             :                                          sorted_path,
    5533             :                                          sorted_path->pathtarget,
    5534             :                                          root->sort_pathkeys, NULL,
    5535             :                                          &total_groups);
    5536             : 
    5537             :             /*
    5538             :              * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions
    5539             :              * from the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
    5540             :              */
    5541        2986 :             if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
    5542           6 :                 sorted_path = apply_projection_to_path(root, ordered_rel,
    5543             :                                                        sorted_path, target);
    5544             : 
    5545        2986 :             add_path(ordered_rel, sorted_path);
    5546             :         }
    5547             :     }
    5548             : 
    5549             :     /*
    5550             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    5551             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    5552             :      */
    5553       76072 :     if (ordered_rel->fdwroutine &&
    5554         386 :         ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    5555         370 :         ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
    5556             :                                                       input_rel, ordered_rel,
    5557             :                                                       NULL);
    5558             : 
    5559             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    5560       76072 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    5561           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
    5562             :                                     input_rel, ordered_rel, NULL);
    5563             : 
    5564             :     /*
    5565             :      * No need to bother with set_cheapest here; grouping_planner does not
    5566             :      * need us to do it.
    5567             :      */
    5568             :     Assert(ordered_rel->pathlist != NIL);
    5569             : 
    5570       76072 :     return ordered_rel;
    5571             : }
    5572             : 
    5573             : 
    5574             : /*
    5575             :  * make_group_input_target
    5576             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to grouping nodes.
    5577             :  *
    5578             :  * If there is grouping or aggregation, the scan/join subplan cannot emit
    5579             :  * the query's final targetlist; for example, it certainly can't emit any
    5580             :  * aggregate function calls.  This routine generates the correct target
    5581             :  * for the scan/join subplan.
    5582             :  *
    5583             :  * The query target list passed from the parser already contains entries
    5584             :  * for all ORDER BY and GROUP BY expressions, but it will not have entries
    5585             :  * for variables used only in HAVING clauses; so we need to add those
    5586             :  * variables to the subplan target list.  Also, we flatten all expressions
    5587             :  * except GROUP BY items into their component variables; other expressions
    5588             :  * will be computed by the upper plan nodes rather than by the subplan.
    5589             :  * For example, given a query like
    5590             :  *      SELECT a+b,SUM(c+d) FROM table GROUP BY a+b;
    5591             :  * we want to pass this targetlist to the subplan:
    5592             :  *      a+b,c,d
    5593             :  * where the a+b target will be used by the Sort/Group steps, and the
    5594             :  * other targets will be used for computing the final results.
    5595             :  *
    5596             :  * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
    5597             :  *
    5598             :  * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the Paths returned from
    5599             :  * query_planner().
    5600             :  */
    5601             : static PathTarget *
    5602       45968 : make_group_input_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *final_target)
    5603             : {
    5604       45968 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    5605             :     PathTarget *input_target;
    5606             :     List       *non_group_cols;
    5607             :     List       *non_group_vars;
    5608             :     int         i;
    5609             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5610             : 
    5611             :     /*
    5612             :      * We must build a target containing all grouping columns, plus any other
    5613             :      * Vars mentioned in the query's targetlist and HAVING qual.
    5614             :      */
    5615       45968 :     input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    5616       45968 :     non_group_cols = NIL;
    5617             : 
    5618       45968 :     i = 0;
    5619      114032 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    5620             :     {
    5621       68064 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    5622       68064 :         Index       sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i);
    5623             : 
    5624       77744 :         if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
    5625        9680 :             get_sortgroupref_clause_noerr(sgref,
    5626             :                                           root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
    5627             :         {
    5628             :             /*
    5629             :              * It's a grouping column, so add it to the input target as-is.
    5630             :              *
    5631             :              * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step.  So
    5632             :              * with grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the
    5633             :              * grouping step if there is any from the target expression.
    5634             :              */
    5635        7810 :             if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
    5636             :             {
    5637             :                 Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
    5638             :                 expr = (Expr *)
    5639        2026 :                     remove_nulling_relids((Node *) expr,
    5640        2026 :                                           bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
    5641             :                                           NULL);
    5642             :             }
    5643        7810 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr, sgref);
    5644             :         }
    5645             :         else
    5646             :         {
    5647             :             /*
    5648             :              * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
    5649             :              * call to pull_var_clause.
    5650             :              */
    5651       60254 :             non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, expr);
    5652             :         }
    5653             : 
    5654       68064 :         i++;
    5655             :     }
    5656             : 
    5657             :     /*
    5658             :      * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars it uses, too.
    5659             :      */
    5660       45968 :     if (parse->havingQual)
    5661         962 :         non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, parse->havingQual);
    5662             : 
    5663             :     /*
    5664             :      * Pull out all the Vars mentioned in non-group cols (plus HAVING), and
    5665             :      * add them to the input target if not already present.  (A Var used
    5666             :      * directly as a GROUP BY item will be present already.)  Note this
    5667             :      * includes Vars used in resjunk items, so we are covering the needs of
    5668             :      * ORDER BY and window specifications.  Vars used within Aggrefs and
    5669             :      * WindowFuncs will be pulled out here, too.
    5670             :      *
    5671             :      * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step.  So with
    5672             :      * grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the grouping step if
    5673             :      * there is any from the non-group Vars.
    5674             :      */
    5675       45968 :     non_group_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) non_group_cols,
    5676             :                                      PVC_RECURSE_AGGREGATES |
    5677             :                                      PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    5678             :                                      PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    5679       45968 :     if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
    5680             :     {
    5681             :         Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
    5682             :         non_group_vars = (List *)
    5683         936 :             remove_nulling_relids((Node *) non_group_vars,
    5684         936 :                                   bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
    5685             :                                   NULL);
    5686             :     }
    5687       45968 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, non_group_vars);
    5688             : 
    5689             :     /* clean up cruft */
    5690       45968 :     list_free(non_group_vars);
    5691       45968 :     list_free(non_group_cols);
    5692             : 
    5693             :     /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
    5694       45968 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
    5695             : }
    5696             : 
    5697             : /*
    5698             :  * make_partial_grouping_target
    5699             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for output of partial aggregate
    5700             :  *    (or partial grouping, if there are no aggregates) nodes.
    5701             :  *
    5702             :  * A partial aggregation node needs to emit all the same aggregates that
    5703             :  * a regular aggregation node would, plus any aggregates used in HAVING;
    5704             :  * except that the Aggref nodes should be marked as partial aggregates.
    5705             :  *
    5706             :  * In addition, we'd better emit any Vars and PlaceHolderVars that are
    5707             :  * used outside of Aggrefs in the aggregation tlist and HAVING.  (Presumably,
    5708             :  * these would be Vars that are grouped by or used in grouping expressions.)
    5709             :  *
    5710             :  * grouping_target is the tlist to be emitted by the topmost aggregation step.
    5711             :  * havingQual represents the HAVING clause.
    5712             :  */
    5713             : static PathTarget *
    5714        3858 : make_partial_grouping_target(PlannerInfo *root,
    5715             :                              PathTarget *grouping_target,
    5716             :                              Node *havingQual)
    5717             : {
    5718             :     PathTarget *partial_target;
    5719             :     List       *non_group_cols;
    5720             :     List       *non_group_exprs;
    5721             :     int         i;
    5722             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5723             : 
    5724        3858 :     partial_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    5725        3858 :     non_group_cols = NIL;
    5726             : 
    5727        3858 :     i = 0;
    5728       12758 :     foreach(lc, grouping_target->exprs)
    5729             :     {
    5730        8900 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    5731        8900 :         Index       sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(grouping_target, i);
    5732             : 
    5733       13676 :         if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
    5734        4776 :             get_sortgroupref_clause_noerr(sgref,
    5735             :                                           root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
    5736             :         {
    5737             :             /*
    5738             :              * It's a grouping column, so add it to the partial_target as-is.
    5739             :              * (This allows the upper agg step to repeat the grouping calcs.)
    5740             :              */
    5741        2828 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(partial_target, expr, sgref);
    5742             :         }
    5743             :         else
    5744             :         {
    5745             :             /*
    5746             :              * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
    5747             :              * call to pull_var_clause.
    5748             :              */
    5749        6072 :             non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, expr);
    5750             :         }
    5751             : 
    5752        8900 :         i++;
    5753             :     }
    5754             : 
    5755             :     /*
    5756             :      * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars/Aggrefs it uses, too.
    5757             :      */
    5758        3858 :     if (havingQual)
    5759         878 :         non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, havingQual);
    5760             : 
    5761             :     /*
    5762             :      * Pull out all the Vars, PlaceHolderVars, and Aggrefs mentioned in
    5763             :      * non-group cols (plus HAVING), and add them to the partial_target if not
    5764             :      * already present.  (An expression used directly as a GROUP BY item will
    5765             :      * be present already.)  Note this includes Vars used in resjunk items, so
    5766             :      * we are covering the needs of ORDER BY and window specifications.
    5767             :      */
    5768        3858 :     non_group_exprs = pull_var_clause((Node *) non_group_cols,
    5769             :                                       PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
    5770             :                                       PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    5771             :                                       PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    5772             : 
    5773        3858 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(partial_target, non_group_exprs);
    5774             : 
    5775             :     /*
    5776             :      * Adjust Aggrefs to put them in partial mode.  At this point all Aggrefs
    5777             :      * are at the top level of the target list, so we can just scan the list
    5778             :      * rather than recursing through the expression trees.
    5779             :      */
    5780       13354 :     foreach(lc, partial_target->exprs)
    5781             :     {
    5782        9496 :         Aggref     *aggref = (Aggref *) lfirst(lc);
    5783             : 
    5784        9496 :         if (IsA(aggref, Aggref))
    5785             :         {
    5786             :             Aggref     *newaggref;
    5787             : 
    5788             :             /*
    5789             :              * We shouldn't need to copy the substructure of the Aggref node,
    5790             :              * but flat-copy the node itself to avoid damaging other trees.
    5791             :              */
    5792        6638 :             newaggref = makeNode(Aggref);
    5793        6638 :             memcpy(newaggref, aggref, sizeof(Aggref));
    5794             : 
    5795             :             /* For now, assume serialization is required */
    5796        6638 :             mark_partial_aggref(newaggref, AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL);
    5797             : 
    5798        6638 :             lfirst(lc) = newaggref;
    5799             :         }
    5800             :     }
    5801             : 
    5802             :     /* clean up cruft */
    5803        3858 :     list_free(non_group_exprs);
    5804        3858 :     list_free(non_group_cols);
    5805             : 
    5806             :     /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
    5807        3858 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, partial_target);
    5808             : }
    5809             : 
    5810             : /*
    5811             :  * mark_partial_aggref
    5812             :  *    Adjust an Aggref to make it represent a partial-aggregation step.
    5813             :  *
    5814             :  * The Aggref node is modified in-place; caller must do any copying required.
    5815             :  */
    5816             : void
    5817       18588 : mark_partial_aggref(Aggref *agg, AggSplit aggsplit)
    5818             : {
    5819             :     /* aggtranstype should be computed by this point */
    5820             :     Assert(OidIsValid(agg->aggtranstype));
    5821             :     /* ... but aggsplit should still be as the parser left it */
    5822             :     Assert(agg->aggsplit == AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE);
    5823             : 
    5824             :     /* Mark the Aggref with the intended partial-aggregation mode */
    5825       18588 :     agg->aggsplit = aggsplit;
    5826             : 
    5827             :     /*
    5828             :      * Adjust result type if needed.  Normally, a partial aggregate returns
    5829             :      * the aggregate's transition type; but if that's INTERNAL and we're
    5830             :      * serializing, it returns BYTEA instead.
    5831             :      */
    5832       18588 :     if (DO_AGGSPLIT_SKIPFINAL(aggsplit))
    5833             :     {
    5834       16280 :         if (agg->aggtranstype == INTERNALOID && DO_AGGSPLIT_SERIALIZE(aggsplit))
    5835         314 :             agg->aggtype = BYTEAOID;
    5836             :         else
    5837       15966 :             agg->aggtype = agg->aggtranstype;
    5838             :     }
    5839       18588 : }
    5840             : 
    5841             : /*
    5842             :  * postprocess_setop_tlist
    5843             :  *    Fix up targetlist returned by plan_set_operations().
    5844             :  *
    5845             :  * We need to transpose sort key info from the orig_tlist into new_tlist.
    5846             :  * NOTE: this would not be good enough if we supported resjunk sort keys
    5847             :  * for results of set operations --- then, we'd need to project a whole
    5848             :  * new tlist to evaluate the resjunk columns.  For now, just ereport if we
    5849             :  * find any resjunk columns in orig_tlist.
    5850             :  */
    5851             : static List *
    5852        6212 : postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist)
    5853             : {
    5854             :     ListCell   *l;
    5855        6212 :     ListCell   *orig_tlist_item = list_head(orig_tlist);
    5856             : 
    5857       23846 :     foreach(l, new_tlist)
    5858             :     {
    5859       17634 :         TargetEntry *new_tle = lfirst_node(TargetEntry, l);
    5860             :         TargetEntry *orig_tle;
    5861             : 
    5862             :         /* ignore resjunk columns in setop result */
    5863       17634 :         if (new_tle->resjunk)
    5864           0 :             continue;
    5865             : 
    5866             :         Assert(orig_tlist_item != NULL);
    5867       17634 :         orig_tle = lfirst_node(TargetEntry, orig_tlist_item);
    5868       17634 :         orig_tlist_item = lnext(orig_tlist, orig_tlist_item);
    5869       17634 :         if (orig_tle->resjunk)   /* should not happen */
    5870           0 :             elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
    5871             :         Assert(new_tle->resno == orig_tle->resno);
    5872       17634 :         new_tle->ressortgroupref = orig_tle->ressortgroupref;
    5873             :     }
    5874        6212 :     if (orig_tlist_item != NULL)
    5875           0 :         elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
    5876        6212 :     return new_tlist;
    5877             : }
    5878             : 
    5879             : /*
    5880             :  * optimize_window_clauses
    5881             :  *      Call each WindowFunc's prosupport function to see if we're able to
    5882             :  *      make any adjustments to any of the WindowClause's so that the executor
    5883             :  *      can execute the window functions in a more optimal way.
    5884             :  *
    5885             :  * Currently we only allow adjustments to the WindowClause's frameOptions.  We
    5886             :  * may allow more things to be done here in the future.
    5887             :  */
    5888             : static void
    5889        2676 : optimize_window_clauses(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
    5890             : {
    5891        2676 :     List       *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
    5892             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5893             : 
    5894        5598 :     foreach(lc, windowClause)
    5895             :     {
    5896        2922 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
    5897             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    5898        2922 :         int         optimizedFrameOptions = 0;
    5899             : 
    5900             :         Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
    5901             : 
    5902             :         /* skip any WindowClauses that have no WindowFuncs */
    5903        2922 :         if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
    5904          24 :             continue;
    5905             : 
    5906        3552 :         foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    5907             :         {
    5908             :             SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause req;
    5909             :             SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause *res;
    5910        2940 :             WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
    5911             :             Oid         prosupport;
    5912             : 
    5913        2940 :             prosupport = get_func_support(wfunc->winfnoid);
    5914             : 
    5915             :             /* Check if there's a support function for 'wfunc' */
    5916        2940 :             if (!OidIsValid(prosupport))
    5917        2286 :                 break;          /* can't optimize this WindowClause */
    5918             : 
    5919         880 :             req.type = T_SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause;
    5920         880 :             req.window_clause = wc;
    5921         880 :             req.window_func = wfunc;
    5922         880 :             req.frameOptions = wc->frameOptions;
    5923             : 
    5924             :             /* call the support function */
    5925             :             res = (SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause *)
    5926         880 :                 DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(prosupport,
    5927             :                                                  PointerGetDatum(&req)));
    5928             : 
    5929             :             /*
    5930             :              * Skip to next WindowClause if the support function does not
    5931             :              * support this request type.
    5932             :              */
    5933         880 :             if (res == NULL)
    5934         226 :                 break;
    5935             : 
    5936             :             /*
    5937             :              * Save these frameOptions for the first WindowFunc for this
    5938             :              * WindowClause.
    5939             :              */
    5940         654 :             if (foreach_current_index(lc2) == 0)
    5941         630 :                 optimizedFrameOptions = res->frameOptions;
    5942             : 
    5943             :             /*
    5944             :              * On subsequent WindowFuncs, if the frameOptions are not the same
    5945             :              * then we're unable to optimize the frameOptions for this
    5946             :              * WindowClause.
    5947             :              */
    5948          24 :             else if (optimizedFrameOptions != res->frameOptions)
    5949           0 :                 break;          /* skip to the next WindowClause, if any */
    5950             :         }
    5951             : 
    5952             :         /* adjust the frameOptions if all WindowFunc's agree that it's ok */
    5953        2898 :         if (lc2 == NULL && wc->frameOptions != optimizedFrameOptions)
    5954             :         {
    5955             :             ListCell   *lc3;
    5956             : 
    5957             :             /* apply the new frame options */
    5958         612 :             wc->frameOptions = optimizedFrameOptions;
    5959             : 
    5960             :             /*
    5961             :              * We now check to see if changing the frameOptions has caused
    5962             :              * this WindowClause to be a duplicate of some other WindowClause.
    5963             :              * This can only happen if we have multiple WindowClauses, so
    5964             :              * don't bother if there's only 1.
    5965             :              */
    5966         612 :             if (list_length(windowClause) == 1)
    5967         522 :                 continue;
    5968             : 
    5969             :             /*
    5970             :              * Do the duplicate check and reuse the existing WindowClause if
    5971             :              * we find a duplicate.
    5972             :              */
    5973         228 :             foreach(lc3, windowClause)
    5974             :             {
    5975         174 :                 WindowClause *existing_wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc3);
    5976             : 
    5977             :                 /* skip over the WindowClause we're currently editing */
    5978         174 :                 if (existing_wc == wc)
    5979          54 :                     continue;
    5980             : 
    5981             :                 /*
    5982             :                  * Perform the same duplicate check that is done in
    5983             :                  * transformWindowFuncCall.
    5984             :                  */
    5985         240 :                 if (equal(wc->partitionClause, existing_wc->partitionClause) &&
    5986         120 :                     equal(wc->orderClause, existing_wc->orderClause) &&
    5987         120 :                     wc->frameOptions == existing_wc->frameOptions &&
    5988          72 :                     equal(wc->startOffset, existing_wc->startOffset) &&
    5989          36 :                     equal(wc->endOffset, existing_wc->endOffset))
    5990             :                 {
    5991             :                     ListCell   *lc4;
    5992             : 
    5993             :                     /*
    5994             :                      * Now move each WindowFunc in 'wc' into 'existing_wc'.
    5995             :                      * This required adjusting each WindowFunc's winref and
    5996             :                      * moving the WindowFuncs in 'wc' to the list of
    5997             :                      * WindowFuncs in 'existing_wc'.
    5998             :                      */
    5999          78 :                     foreach(lc4, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    6000             :                     {
    6001          42 :                         WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc4);
    6002             : 
    6003          42 :                         wfunc->winref = existing_wc->winref;
    6004             :                     }
    6005             : 
    6006             :                     /* move list items */
    6007          72 :                     wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref] = list_concat(wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref],
    6008          36 :                                                                             wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref]);
    6009          36 :                     wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] = NIL;
    6010             : 
    6011             :                     /*
    6012             :                      * transformWindowFuncCall() should have made sure there
    6013             :                      * are no other duplicates, so we needn't bother looking
    6014             :                      * any further.
    6015             :                      */
    6016          36 :                     break;
    6017             :                 }
    6018             :             }
    6019             :         }
    6020             :     }
    6021        2676 : }
    6022             : 
    6023             : /*
    6024             :  * select_active_windows
    6025             :  *      Create a list of the "active" window clauses (ie, those referenced
    6026             :  *      by non-deleted WindowFuncs) in the order they are to be executed.
    6027             :  */
    6028             : static List *
    6029        2676 : select_active_windows(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
    6030             : {
    6031        2676 :     List       *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
    6032        2676 :     List       *result = NIL;
    6033             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6034        2676 :     int         nActive = 0;
    6035        2676 :     WindowClauseSortData *actives = palloc_array(WindowClauseSortData,
    6036             :                                                  list_length(windowClause));
    6037             : 
    6038             :     /* First, construct an array of the active windows */
    6039        5598 :     foreach(lc, windowClause)
    6040             :     {
    6041        2922 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
    6042             : 
    6043             :         /* It's only active if wflists shows some related WindowFuncs */
    6044             :         Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
    6045        2922 :         if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
    6046          60 :             continue;
    6047             : 
    6048        2862 :         actives[nActive].wc = wc;   /* original clause */
    6049             : 
    6050             :         /*
    6051             :          * For sorting, we want the list of partition keys followed by the
    6052             :          * list of sort keys. But pathkeys construction will remove duplicates
    6053             :          * between the two, so we can as well (even though we can't detect all
    6054             :          * of the duplicates, since some may come from ECs - that might mean
    6055             :          * we miss optimization chances here). We must, however, ensure that
    6056             :          * the order of entries is preserved with respect to the ones we do
    6057             :          * keep.
    6058             :          *
    6059             :          * partitionClause and orderClause had their own duplicates removed in
    6060             :          * parse analysis, so we're only concerned here with removing
    6061             :          * orderClause entries that also appear in partitionClause.
    6062             :          */
    6063        5724 :         actives[nActive].uniqueOrder =
    6064        2862 :             list_concat_unique(list_copy(wc->partitionClause),
    6065        2862 :                                wc->orderClause);
    6066        2862 :         nActive++;
    6067             :     }
    6068             : 
    6069             :     /*
    6070             :      * Sort active windows by their partitioning/ordering clauses, ignoring
    6071             :      * any framing clauses, so that the windows that need the same sorting are
    6072             :      * adjacent in the list. When we come to generate paths, this will avoid
    6073             :      * inserting additional Sort nodes.
    6074             :      *
    6075             :      * This is how we implement a specific requirement from the SQL standard,
    6076             :      * which says that when two or more windows are order-equivalent (i.e.
    6077             :      * have matching partition and order clauses, even if their names or
    6078             :      * framing clauses differ), then all peer rows must be presented in the
    6079             :      * same order in all of them. If we allowed multiple sort nodes for such
    6080             :      * cases, we'd risk having the peer rows end up in different orders in
    6081             :      * equivalent windows due to sort instability. (See General Rule 4 of
    6082             :      * <window clause> in SQL2008 - SQL2016.)
    6083             :      *
    6084             :      * Additionally, if the entire list of clauses of one window is a prefix
    6085             :      * of another, put first the window with stronger sorting requirements.
    6086             :      * This way we will first sort for stronger window, and won't have to sort
    6087             :      * again for the weaker one.
    6088             :      */
    6089        2676 :     qsort(actives, nActive, sizeof(WindowClauseSortData), common_prefix_cmp);
    6090             : 
    6091             :     /* build ordered list of the original WindowClause nodes */
    6092        5538 :     for (int i = 0; i < nActive; i++)
    6093        2862 :         result = lappend(result, actives[i].wc);
    6094             : 
    6095        2676 :     pfree(actives);
    6096             : 
    6097        2676 :     return result;
    6098             : }
    6099             : 
    6100             : /*
    6101             :  * name_active_windows
    6102             :  *    Ensure all active windows have unique names.
    6103             :  *
    6104             :  * The parser will have checked that user-assigned window names are unique
    6105             :  * within the Query.  Here we assign made-up names to any unnamed
    6106             :  * WindowClauses for the benefit of EXPLAIN.  (We don't want to do this
    6107             :  * at parse time, because it'd mess up decompilation of views.)
    6108             :  *
    6109             :  * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
    6110             :  */
    6111             : static void
    6112        2676 : name_active_windows(List *activeWindows)
    6113             : {
    6114        2676 :     int         next_n = 1;
    6115             :     char        newname[16];
    6116             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6117             : 
    6118        5538 :     foreach(lc, activeWindows)
    6119             :     {
    6120        2862 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
    6121             : 
    6122             :         /* Nothing to do if it has a name already. */
    6123        2862 :         if (wc->name)
    6124         576 :             continue;
    6125             : 
    6126             :         /* Select a name not currently present in the list. */
    6127             :         for (;;)
    6128           6 :         {
    6129             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    6130             : 
    6131        2292 :             snprintf(newname, sizeof(newname), "w%d", next_n++);
    6132        4932 :             foreach(lc2, activeWindows)
    6133             :             {
    6134        2646 :                 WindowClause *wc2 = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc2);
    6135             : 
    6136        2646 :                 if (wc2->name && strcmp(wc2->name, newname) == 0)
    6137           6 :                     break;      /* matched */
    6138             :             }
    6139        2292 :             if (lc2 == NULL)
    6140        2286 :                 break;          /* reached the end with no match */
    6141             :         }
    6142        2286 :         wc->name = pstrdup(newname);
    6143             :     }
    6144        2676 : }
    6145             : 
    6146             : /*
    6147             :  * common_prefix_cmp
    6148             :  *    QSort comparison function for WindowClauseSortData
    6149             :  *
    6150             :  * Sort the windows by the required sorting clauses. First, compare the sort
    6151             :  * clauses themselves. Second, if one window's clauses are a prefix of another
    6152             :  * one's clauses, put the window with more sort clauses first.
    6153             :  *
    6154             :  * We purposefully sort by the highest tleSortGroupRef first.  Since
    6155             :  * tleSortGroupRefs are assigned for the query's DISTINCT and ORDER BY first
    6156             :  * and because here we sort the lowest tleSortGroupRefs last, if a
    6157             :  * WindowClause is sharing a tleSortGroupRef with the query's DISTINCT or
    6158             :  * ORDER BY clause, this makes it more likely that the final WindowAgg will
    6159             :  * provide presorted input for the query's DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause, thus
    6160             :  * reducing the total number of sorts required for the query.
    6161             :  */
    6162             : static int
    6163         204 : common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
    6164             : {
    6165         204 :     const WindowClauseSortData *wcsa = a;
    6166         204 :     const WindowClauseSortData *wcsb = b;
    6167             :     ListCell   *item_a;
    6168             :     ListCell   *item_b;
    6169             : 
    6170         366 :     forboth(item_a, wcsa->uniqueOrder, item_b, wcsb->uniqueOrder)
    6171             :     {
    6172         264 :         SortGroupClause *sca = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, item_a);
    6173         264 :         SortGroupClause *scb = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, item_b);
    6174             : 
    6175         264 :         if (sca->tleSortGroupRef > scb->tleSortGroupRef)
    6176         102 :             return -1;
    6177         252 :         else if (sca->tleSortGroupRef < scb->tleSortGroupRef)
    6178          66 :             return 1;
    6179         186 :         else if (sca->sortop > scb->sortop)
    6180           0 :             return -1;
    6181         186 :         else if (sca->sortop < scb->sortop)
    6182          24 :             return 1;
    6183         162 :         else if (sca->nulls_first && !scb->nulls_first)
    6184           0 :             return -1;
    6185         162 :         else if (!sca->nulls_first && scb->nulls_first)
    6186           0 :             return 1;
    6187             :         /* no need to compare eqop, since it is fully determined by sortop */
    6188             :     }
    6189             : 
    6190         102 :     if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) > list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
    6191           6 :         return -1;
    6192          96 :     else if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) < list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
    6193          30 :         return 1;
    6194             : 
    6195          66 :     return 0;
    6196             : }
    6197             : 
    6198             : /*
    6199             :  * make_window_input_target
    6200             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to WindowAgg nodes.
    6201             :  *
    6202             :  * When the query has window functions, this function computes the desired
    6203             :  * target to be computed by the node just below the first WindowAgg.
    6204             :  * This tlist must contain all values needed to evaluate the window functions,
    6205             :  * compute the final target list, and perform any required final sort step.
    6206             :  * If multiple WindowAggs are needed, each intermediate one adds its window
    6207             :  * function results onto this base tlist; only the topmost WindowAgg computes
    6208             :  * the actual desired target list.
    6209             :  *
    6210             :  * This function is much like make_group_input_target, though not quite enough
    6211             :  * like it to share code.  As in that function, we flatten most expressions
    6212             :  * into their component variables.  But we do not want to flatten window
    6213             :  * PARTITION BY/ORDER BY clauses, since that might result in multiple
    6214             :  * evaluations of them, which would be bad (possibly even resulting in
    6215             :  * inconsistent answers, if they contain volatile functions).
    6216             :  * Also, we must not flatten GROUP BY clauses that were left unflattened by
    6217             :  * make_group_input_target, because we may no longer have access to the
    6218             :  * individual Vars in them.
    6219             :  *
    6220             :  * Another key difference from make_group_input_target is that we don't
    6221             :  * flatten Aggref expressions, since those are to be computed below the
    6222             :  * window functions and just referenced like Vars above that.
    6223             :  *
    6224             :  * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
    6225             :  * 'activeWindows' is the list of active windows previously identified by
    6226             :  *          select_active_windows.
    6227             :  *
    6228             :  * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
    6229             :  * below the first WindowAgg node.
    6230             :  */
    6231             : static PathTarget *
    6232        2676 : make_window_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
    6233             :                          PathTarget *final_target,
    6234             :                          List *activeWindows)
    6235             : {
    6236             :     PathTarget *input_target;
    6237             :     Bitmapset  *sgrefs;
    6238             :     List       *flattenable_cols;
    6239             :     List       *flattenable_vars;
    6240             :     int         i;
    6241             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6242             : 
    6243             :     Assert(root->parse->hasWindowFuncs);
    6244             : 
    6245             :     /*
    6246             :      * Collect the sortgroupref numbers of window PARTITION/ORDER BY clauses
    6247             :      * into a bitmapset for convenient reference below.
    6248             :      */
    6249        2676 :     sgrefs = NULL;
    6250        5538 :     foreach(lc, activeWindows)
    6251             :     {
    6252        2862 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
    6253             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    6254             : 
    6255        3618 :         foreach(lc2, wc->partitionClause)
    6256             :         {
    6257         756 :             SortGroupClause *sortcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc2);
    6258             : 
    6259         756 :             sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
    6260             :         }
    6261        5134 :         foreach(lc2, wc->orderClause)
    6262             :         {
    6263        2272 :             SortGroupClause *sortcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc2);
    6264             : 
    6265        2272 :             sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
    6266             :         }
    6267             :     }
    6268             : 
    6269             :     /* Add in sortgroupref numbers of GROUP BY clauses, too */
    6270        2868 :     foreach(lc, root->processed_groupClause)
    6271             :     {
    6272         192 :         SortGroupClause *grpcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
    6273             : 
    6274         192 :         sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, grpcl->tleSortGroupRef);
    6275             :     }
    6276             : 
    6277             :     /*
    6278             :      * Construct a target containing all the non-flattenable targetlist items,
    6279             :      * and save aside the others for a moment.
    6280             :      */
    6281        2676 :     input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    6282        2676 :     flattenable_cols = NIL;
    6283             : 
    6284        2676 :     i = 0;
    6285       11228 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    6286             :     {
    6287        8552 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    6288        8552 :         Index       sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i);
    6289             : 
    6290             :         /*
    6291             :          * Don't want to deconstruct window clauses or GROUP BY items.  (Note
    6292             :          * that such items can't contain window functions, so it's okay to
    6293             :          * compute them below the WindowAgg nodes.)
    6294             :          */
    6295        8552 :         if (sgref != 0 && bms_is_member(sgref, sgrefs))
    6296             :         {
    6297             :             /*
    6298             :              * Don't want to deconstruct this value, so add it to the input
    6299             :              * target as-is.
    6300             :              */
    6301        2864 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr, sgref);
    6302             :         }
    6303             :         else
    6304             :         {
    6305             :             /*
    6306             :              * Column is to be flattened, so just remember the expression for
    6307             :              * later call to pull_var_clause.
    6308             :              */
    6309        5688 :             flattenable_cols = lappend(flattenable_cols, expr);
    6310             :         }
    6311             : 
    6312        8552 :         i++;
    6313             :     }
    6314             : 
    6315             :     /*
    6316             :      * Pull out all the Vars and Aggrefs mentioned in flattenable columns, and
    6317             :      * add them to the input target if not already present.  (Some might be
    6318             :      * there already because they're used directly as window/group clauses.)
    6319             :      *
    6320             :      * Note: it's essential to use PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES here, so that any
    6321             :      * Aggrefs are placed in the Agg node's tlist and not left to be computed
    6322             :      * at higher levels.  On the other hand, we should recurse into
    6323             :      * WindowFuncs to make sure their input expressions are available.
    6324             :      */
    6325        2676 :     flattenable_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) flattenable_cols,
    6326             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
    6327             :                                        PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    6328             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    6329        2676 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, flattenable_vars);
    6330             : 
    6331             :     /* clean up cruft */
    6332        2676 :     list_free(flattenable_vars);
    6333        2676 :     list_free(flattenable_cols);
    6334             : 
    6335             :     /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
    6336        2676 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
    6337             : }
    6338             : 
    6339             : /*
    6340             :  * make_pathkeys_for_window
    6341             :  *      Create a pathkeys list describing the required input ordering
    6342             :  *      for the given WindowClause.
    6343             :  *
    6344             :  * Modifies wc's partitionClause to remove any clauses which are deemed
    6345             :  * redundant by the pathkey logic.
    6346             :  *
    6347             :  * The required ordering is first the PARTITION keys, then the ORDER keys.
    6348             :  * In the future we might try to implement windowing using hashing, in which
    6349             :  * case the ordering could be relaxed, but for now we always sort.
    6350             :  */
    6351             : static List *
    6352        5752 : make_pathkeys_for_window(PlannerInfo *root, WindowClause *wc,
    6353             :                          List *tlist)
    6354             : {
    6355        5752 :     List       *window_pathkeys = NIL;
    6356             : 
    6357             :     /* Throw error if can't sort */
    6358        5752 :     if (!grouping_is_sortable(wc->partitionClause))
    6359           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6360             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    6361             :                  errmsg("could not implement window PARTITION BY"),
    6362             :                  errdetail("Window partitioning columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
    6363        5752 :     if (!grouping_is_sortable(wc->orderClause))
    6364           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6365             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    6366             :                  errmsg("could not implement window ORDER BY"),
    6367             :                  errdetail("Window ordering columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
    6368             : 
    6369             :     /*
    6370             :      * First fetch the pathkeys for the PARTITION BY clause.  We can safely
    6371             :      * remove any clauses from the wc->partitionClause for redundant pathkeys.
    6372             :      */
    6373        5752 :     if (wc->partitionClause != NIL)
    6374             :     {
    6375             :         bool        sortable;
    6376             : 
    6377        1320 :         window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    6378             :                                                                  &wc->partitionClause,
    6379             :                                                                  tlist,
    6380             :                                                                  true,
    6381             :                                                                  false,
    6382             :                                                                  &sortable,
    6383             :                                                                  false);
    6384             : 
    6385             :         Assert(sortable);
    6386             :     }
    6387             : 
    6388             :     /*
    6389             :      * In principle, we could also consider removing redundant ORDER BY items
    6390             :      * too as doing so does not alter the result of peer row checks done by
    6391             :      * the executor.  However, we must *not* remove the ordering column for
    6392             :      * RANGE OFFSET cases, as the executor needs that for in_range tests even
    6393             :      * if it's known to be equal to some partitioning column.
    6394             :      */
    6395        5752 :     if (wc->orderClause != NIL)
    6396             :     {
    6397             :         List       *orderby_pathkeys;
    6398             : 
    6399        4450 :         orderby_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
    6400             :                                                          wc->orderClause,
    6401             :                                                          tlist);
    6402             : 
    6403             :         /* Okay, make the combined pathkeys */
    6404        4450 :         if (window_pathkeys != NIL)
    6405         946 :             window_pathkeys = append_pathkeys(window_pathkeys, orderby_pathkeys);
    6406             :         else
    6407        3504 :             window_pathkeys = orderby_pathkeys;
    6408             :     }
    6409             : 
    6410        5752 :     return window_pathkeys;
    6411             : }
    6412             : 
    6413             : /*
    6414             :  * make_sort_input_target
    6415             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to Sort step.
    6416             :  *
    6417             :  * If the query has ORDER BY, this function chooses the target to be computed
    6418             :  * by the node just below the Sort (and DISTINCT, if any, since Unique can't
    6419             :  * project) steps.  This might or might not be identical to the query's final
    6420             :  * output target.
    6421             :  *
    6422             :  * The main argument for keeping the sort-input tlist the same as the final
    6423             :  * is that we avoid a separate projection node (which will be needed if
    6424             :  * they're different, because Sort can't project).  However, there are also
    6425             :  * advantages to postponing tlist evaluation till after the Sort: it ensures
    6426             :  * a consistent order of evaluation for any volatile functions in the tlist,
    6427             :  * and if there's also a LIMIT, we can stop the query without ever computing
    6428             :  * tlist functions for later rows, which is beneficial for both volatile and
    6429             :  * expensive functions.
    6430             :  *
    6431             :  * Our current policy is to postpone volatile expressions till after the sort
    6432             :  * unconditionally (assuming that that's possible, ie they are in plain tlist
    6433             :  * columns and not ORDER BY/GROUP BY/DISTINCT columns).  We also prefer to
    6434             :  * postpone set-returning expressions, because running them beforehand would
    6435             :  * bloat the sort dataset, and because it might cause unexpected output order
    6436             :  * if the sort isn't stable.  However there's a constraint on that: all SRFs
    6437             :  * in the tlist should be evaluated at the same plan step, so that they can
    6438             :  * run in sync in nodeProjectSet.  So if any SRFs are in sort columns, we
    6439             :  * mustn't postpone any SRFs.  (Note that in principle that policy should
    6440             :  * probably get applied to the group/window input targetlists too, but we
    6441             :  * have not done that historically.)  Lastly, expensive expressions are
    6442             :  * postponed if there is a LIMIT, or if root->tuple_fraction shows that
    6443             :  * partial evaluation of the query is possible (if neither is true, we expect
    6444             :  * to have to evaluate the expressions for every row anyway), or if there are
    6445             :  * any volatile or set-returning expressions (since once we've put in a
    6446             :  * projection at all, it won't cost any more to postpone more stuff).
    6447             :  *
    6448             :  * Another issue that could potentially be considered here is that
    6449             :  * evaluating tlist expressions could result in data that's either wider
    6450             :  * or narrower than the input Vars, thus changing the volume of data that
    6451             :  * has to go through the Sort.  However, we usually have only a very bad
    6452             :  * idea of the output width of any expression more complex than a Var,
    6453             :  * so for now it seems too risky to try to optimize on that basis.
    6454             :  *
    6455             :  * Note that if we do produce a modified sort-input target, and then the
    6456             :  * query ends up not using an explicit Sort, no particular harm is done:
    6457             :  * we'll initially use the modified target for the preceding path nodes,
    6458             :  * but then change them to the final target with apply_projection_to_path.
    6459             :  * Moreover, in such a case the guarantees about evaluation order of
    6460             :  * volatile functions still hold, since the rows are sorted already.
    6461             :  *
    6462             :  * This function has some things in common with make_group_input_target and
    6463             :  * make_window_input_target, though the detailed rules for what to do are
    6464             :  * different.  We never flatten/postpone any grouping or ordering columns;
    6465             :  * those are needed before the sort.  If we do flatten a particular
    6466             :  * expression, we leave Aggref and WindowFunc nodes alone, since those were
    6467             :  * computed earlier.
    6468             :  *
    6469             :  * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
    6470             :  * 'have_postponed_srfs' is an output argument, see below
    6471             :  *
    6472             :  * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
    6473             :  * below the Sort step (and the Distinct step, if any).  This will be
    6474             :  * exactly final_target if we decide a projection step wouldn't be helpful.
    6475             :  *
    6476             :  * In addition, *have_postponed_srfs is set to true if we choose to postpone
    6477             :  * any set-returning functions to after the Sort.
    6478             :  */
    6479             : static PathTarget *
    6480       72102 : make_sort_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
    6481             :                        PathTarget *final_target,
    6482             :                        bool *have_postponed_srfs)
    6483             : {
    6484       72102 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    6485             :     PathTarget *input_target;
    6486             :     int         ncols;
    6487             :     bool       *col_is_srf;
    6488             :     bool       *postpone_col;
    6489             :     bool        have_srf;
    6490             :     bool        have_volatile;
    6491             :     bool        have_expensive;
    6492             :     bool        have_srf_sortcols;
    6493             :     bool        postpone_srfs;
    6494             :     List       *postponable_cols;
    6495             :     List       *postponable_vars;
    6496             :     int         i;
    6497             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6498             : 
    6499             :     /* Shouldn't get here unless query has ORDER BY */
    6500             :     Assert(parse->sortClause);
    6501             : 
    6502       72102 :     *have_postponed_srfs = false;   /* default result */
    6503             : 
    6504             :     /* Inspect tlist and collect per-column information */
    6505       72102 :     ncols = list_length(final_target->exprs);
    6506       72102 :     col_is_srf = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
    6507       72102 :     postpone_col = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
    6508       72102 :     have_srf = have_volatile = have_expensive = have_srf_sortcols = false;
    6509             : 
    6510       72102 :     i = 0;
    6511      435140 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    6512             :     {
    6513      363038 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    6514             : 
    6515             :         /*
    6516             :          * If the column has a sortgroupref, assume it has to be evaluated
    6517             :          * before sorting.  Generally such columns would be ORDER BY, GROUP
    6518             :          * BY, etc targets.  One exception is columns that were removed from
    6519             :          * GROUP BY by remove_useless_groupby_columns() ... but those would
    6520             :          * only be Vars anyway.  There don't seem to be any cases where it
    6521             :          * would be worth the trouble to double-check.
    6522             :          */
    6523      363038 :         if (get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i) == 0)
    6524             :         {
    6525             :             /*
    6526             :              * Check for SRF or volatile functions.  Check the SRF case first
    6527             :              * because we must know whether we have any postponed SRFs.
    6528             :              */
    6529      261636 :             if (parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
    6530         216 :                 expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
    6531             :             {
    6532             :                 /* We'll decide below whether these are postponable */
    6533          96 :                 col_is_srf[i] = true;
    6534          96 :                 have_srf = true;
    6535             :             }
    6536      261324 :             else if (contain_volatile_functions((Node *) expr))
    6537             :             {
    6538             :                 /* Unconditionally postpone */
    6539         248 :                 postpone_col[i] = true;
    6540         248 :                 have_volatile = true;
    6541             :             }
    6542             :             else
    6543             :             {
    6544             :                 /*
    6545             :                  * Else check the cost.  XXX it's annoying to have to do this
    6546             :                  * when set_pathtarget_cost_width() just did it.  Refactor to
    6547             :                  * allow sharing the work?
    6548             :                  */
    6549             :                 QualCost    cost;
    6550             : 
    6551      261076 :                 cost_qual_eval_node(&cost, (Node *) expr, root);
    6552             : 
    6553             :                 /*
    6554             :                  * We arbitrarily define "expensive" as "more than 10X
    6555             :                  * cpu_operator_cost".  Note this will take in any PL function
    6556             :                  * with default cost.
    6557             :                  */
    6558      261076 :                 if (cost.per_tuple > 10 * cpu_operator_cost)
    6559             :                 {
    6560       16882 :                     postpone_col[i] = true;
    6561       16882 :                     have_expensive = true;
    6562             :                 }
    6563             :             }
    6564             :         }
    6565             :         else
    6566             :         {
    6567             :             /* For sortgroupref cols, just check if any contain SRFs */
    6568      101618 :             if (!have_srf_sortcols &&
    6569      101928 :                 parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
    6570         334 :                 expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
    6571         148 :                 have_srf_sortcols = true;
    6572             :         }
    6573             : 
    6574      363038 :         i++;
    6575             :     }
    6576             : 
    6577             :     /*
    6578             :      * We can postpone SRFs if we have some but none are in sortgroupref cols.
    6579             :      */
    6580       72102 :     postpone_srfs = (have_srf && !have_srf_sortcols);
    6581             : 
    6582             :     /*
    6583             :      * If we don't need a post-sort projection, just return final_target.
    6584             :      */
    6585       72102 :     if (!(postpone_srfs || have_volatile ||
    6586       71798 :           (have_expensive &&
    6587        9922 :            (parse->limitCount || root->tuple_fraction > 0))))
    6588       71762 :         return final_target;
    6589             : 
    6590             :     /*
    6591             :      * Report whether the post-sort projection will contain set-returning
    6592             :      * functions.  This is important because it affects whether the Sort can
    6593             :      * rely on the query's LIMIT (if any) to bound the number of rows it needs
    6594             :      * to return.
    6595             :      */
    6596         340 :     *have_postponed_srfs = postpone_srfs;
    6597             : 
    6598             :     /*
    6599             :      * Construct the sort-input target, taking all non-postponable columns and
    6600             :      * then adding Vars, PlaceHolderVars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs found in
    6601             :      * the postponable ones.
    6602             :      */
    6603         340 :     input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    6604         340 :     postponable_cols = NIL;
    6605             : 
    6606         340 :     i = 0;
    6607        2290 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    6608             :     {
    6609        1950 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    6610             : 
    6611        1950 :         if (postpone_col[i] || (postpone_srfs && col_is_srf[i]))
    6612         398 :             postponable_cols = lappend(postponable_cols, expr);
    6613             :         else
    6614        1552 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr,
    6615        1552 :                                      get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i));
    6616             : 
    6617        1950 :         i++;
    6618             :     }
    6619             : 
    6620             :     /*
    6621             :      * Pull out all the Vars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs mentioned in
    6622             :      * postponable columns, and add them to the sort-input target if not
    6623             :      * already present.  (Some might be there already.)  We mustn't
    6624             :      * deconstruct Aggrefs or WindowFuncs here, since the projection node
    6625             :      * would be unable to recompute them.
    6626             :      */
    6627         340 :     postponable_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) postponable_cols,
    6628             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
    6629             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    6630             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    6631         340 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, postponable_vars);
    6632             : 
    6633             :     /* clean up cruft */
    6634         340 :     list_free(postponable_vars);
    6635         340 :     list_free(postponable_cols);
    6636             : 
    6637             :     /* XXX this represents even more redundant cost calculation ... */
    6638         340 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
    6639             : }
    6640             : 
    6641             : /*
    6642             :  * get_cheapest_fractional_path
    6643             :  *    Find the cheapest path for retrieving a specified fraction of all
    6644             :  *    the tuples expected to be returned by the given relation.
    6645             :  *
    6646             :  * Do not consider parameterized paths.  If the caller needs a path for upper
    6647             :  * rel, it can't have parameterized paths.  If the caller needs an append
    6648             :  * subpath, it could become limited by the treatment of similar
    6649             :  * parameterization of all the subpaths.
    6650             :  *
    6651             :  * We interpret tuple_fraction the same way as grouping_planner.
    6652             :  *
    6653             :  * We assume set_cheapest() has been run on the given rel.
    6654             :  */
    6655             : Path *
    6656      507642 : get_cheapest_fractional_path(RelOptInfo *rel, double tuple_fraction)
    6657             : {
    6658      507642 :     Path       *best_path = rel->cheapest_total_path;
    6659             :     ListCell   *l;
    6660             : 
    6661             :     /* If all tuples will be retrieved, just return the cheapest-total path */
    6662      507642 :     if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
    6663      498078 :         return best_path;
    6664             : 
    6665             :     /* Convert absolute # of tuples to a fraction; no need to clamp to 0..1 */
    6666        9564 :     if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0 && best_path->rows > 0)
    6667        3966 :         tuple_fraction /= best_path->rows;
    6668             : 
    6669       24720 :     foreach(l, rel->pathlist)
    6670             :     {
    6671       15156 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(l);
    6672             : 
    6673       15156 :         if (path->param_info)
    6674         200 :             continue;
    6675             : 
    6676       20348 :         if (path == rel->cheapest_total_path ||
    6677        5392 :             compare_fractional_path_costs(best_path, path, tuple_fraction) <= 0)
    6678       14432 :             continue;
    6679             : 
    6680         524 :         best_path = path;
    6681             :     }
    6682             : 
    6683        9564 :     return best_path;
    6684             : }
    6685             : 
    6686             : /*
    6687             :  * adjust_paths_for_srfs
    6688             :  *      Fix up the Paths of the given upperrel to handle tSRFs properly.
    6689             :  *
    6690             :  * The executor can only handle set-returning functions that appear at the
    6691             :  * top level of the targetlist of a ProjectSet plan node.  If we have any SRFs
    6692             :  * that are not at top level, we need to split up the evaluation into multiple
    6693             :  * plan levels in which each level satisfies this constraint.  This function
    6694             :  * modifies each Path of an upperrel that (might) compute any SRFs in its
    6695             :  * output tlist to insert appropriate projection steps.
    6696             :  *
    6697             :  * The given targets and targets_contain_srfs lists are from
    6698             :  * split_pathtarget_at_srfs().  We assume the existing Paths emit the first
    6699             :  * target in targets.
    6700             :  */
    6701             : static void
    6702       12792 : adjust_paths_for_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    6703             :                       List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs)
    6704             : {
    6705             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6706             : 
    6707             :     Assert(list_length(targets) == list_length(targets_contain_srfs));
    6708             :     Assert(!linitial_int(targets_contain_srfs));
    6709             : 
    6710             :     /* If no SRFs appear at this plan level, nothing to do */
    6711       12792 :     if (list_length(targets) == 1)
    6712         708 :         return;
    6713             : 
    6714             :     /*
    6715             :      * Stack SRF-evaluation nodes atop each path for the rel.
    6716             :      *
    6717             :      * In principle we should re-run set_cheapest() here to identify the
    6718             :      * cheapest path, but it seems unlikely that adding the same tlist eval
    6719             :      * costs to all the paths would change that, so we don't bother. Instead,
    6720             :      * just assume that the cheapest-startup and cheapest-total paths remain
    6721             :      * so.  (There should be no parameterized paths anymore, so we needn't
    6722             :      * worry about updating cheapest_parameterized_paths.)
    6723             :      */
    6724       24206 :     foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
    6725             :     {
    6726       12122 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    6727       12122 :         Path       *newpath = subpath;
    6728             :         ListCell   *lc1,
    6729             :                    *lc2;
    6730             : 
    6731             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    6732       37564 :         forboth(lc1, targets, lc2, targets_contain_srfs)
    6733             :         {
    6734       25442 :             PathTarget *thistarget = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc1);
    6735       25442 :             bool        contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
    6736             : 
    6737             :             /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
    6738       25442 :             if (contains_srfs)
    6739       12182 :                 newpath = (Path *) create_set_projection_path(root,
    6740             :                                                               rel,
    6741             :                                                               newpath,
    6742             :                                                               thistarget);
    6743             :             else
    6744       13260 :                 newpath = (Path *) apply_projection_to_path(root,
    6745             :                                                             rel,
    6746             :                                                             newpath,
    6747             :                                                             thistarget);
    6748             :         }
    6749       12122 :         lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    6750       12122 :         if (subpath == rel->cheapest_startup_path)
    6751         404 :             rel->cheapest_startup_path = newpath;
    6752       12122 :         if (subpath == rel->cheapest_total_path)
    6753         404 :             rel->cheapest_total_path = newpath;
    6754             :     }
    6755             : 
    6756             :     /* Likewise for partial paths, if any */
    6757       12102 :     foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
    6758             :     {
    6759          18 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    6760          18 :         Path       *newpath = subpath;
    6761             :         ListCell   *lc1,
    6762             :                    *lc2;
    6763             : 
    6764             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    6765          72 :         forboth(lc1, targets, lc2, targets_contain_srfs)
    6766             :         {
    6767          54 :             PathTarget *thistarget = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc1);
    6768          54 :             bool        contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
    6769             : 
    6770             :             /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
    6771          54 :             if (contains_srfs)
    6772          18 :                 newpath = (Path *) create_set_projection_path(root,
    6773             :                                                               rel,
    6774             :                                                               newpath,
    6775             :                                                               thistarget);
    6776             :             else
    6777             :             {
    6778             :                 /* avoid apply_projection_to_path, in case of multiple refs */
    6779          36 :                 newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    6780             :                                                           rel,
    6781             :                                                           newpath,
    6782             :                                                           thistarget);
    6783             :             }
    6784             :         }
    6785          18 :         lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    6786             :     }
    6787             : }
    6788             : 
    6789             : /*
    6790             :  * expression_planner
    6791             :  *      Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression.
    6792             :  *
    6793             :  * Various utility commands need to evaluate expressions that are not part
    6794             :  * of a plannable query.  They can do so using the executor's regular
    6795             :  * expression-execution machinery, but first the expression has to be fed
    6796             :  * through here to transform it from parser output to something executable.
    6797             :  *
    6798             :  * Currently, we disallow sublinks in standalone expressions, so there's no
    6799             :  * real "planning" involved here.  (That might not always be true though.)
    6800             :  * What we must do is run eval_const_expressions to ensure that any function
    6801             :  * calls are converted to positional notation and function default arguments
    6802             :  * get inserted.  The fact that constant subexpressions get simplified is a
    6803             :  * side-effect that is useful when the expression will get evaluated more than
    6804             :  * once.  Also, we must fix operator function IDs.
    6805             :  *
    6806             :  * This does not return any information about dependencies of the expression.
    6807             :  * Hence callers should use the results only for the duration of the current
    6808             :  * query.  Callers that would like to cache the results for longer should use
    6809             :  * expression_planner_with_deps, probably via the plancache.
    6810             :  *
    6811             :  * Note: this must not make any damaging changes to the passed-in expression
    6812             :  * tree.  (It would actually be okay to apply fix_opfuncids to it, but since
    6813             :  * we first do an expression_tree_mutator-based walk, what is returned will
    6814             :  * be a new node tree.)  The result is constructed in the current memory
    6815             :  * context; beware that this can leak a lot of additional stuff there, too.
    6816             :  */
    6817             : Expr *
    6818      246478 : expression_planner(Expr *expr)
    6819             : {
    6820             :     Node       *result;
    6821             : 
    6822             :     /*
    6823             :      * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
    6824             :      * simplify constant subexprs
    6825             :      */
    6826      246478 :     result = eval_const_expressions(NULL, (Node *) expr);
    6827             : 
    6828             :     /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
    6829      246460 :     fix_opfuncids(result);
    6830             : 
    6831      246460 :     return (Expr *) result;
    6832             : }
    6833             : 
    6834             : /*
    6835             :  * expression_planner_with_deps
    6836             :  *      Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression,
    6837             :  *      returning expression dependency information along with the result.
    6838             :  *
    6839             :  * This is identical to expression_planner() except that it also returns
    6840             :  * information about possible dependencies of the expression, ie identities of
    6841             :  * objects whose definitions affect the result.  As in a PlannedStmt, these
    6842             :  * are expressed as a list of relation Oids and a list of PlanInvalItems.
    6843             :  */
    6844             : Expr *
    6845         380 : expression_planner_with_deps(Expr *expr,
    6846             :                              List **relationOids,
    6847             :                              List **invalItems)
    6848             : {
    6849             :     Node       *result;
    6850             :     PlannerGlobal glob;
    6851             :     PlannerInfo root;
    6852             : 
    6853             :     /* Make up dummy planner state so we can use setrefs machinery */
    6854       10260 :     MemSet(&glob, 0, sizeof(glob));
    6855         380 :     glob.type = T_PlannerGlobal;
    6856         380 :     glob.relationOids = NIL;
    6857         380 :     glob.invalItems = NIL;
    6858             : 
    6859       35340 :     MemSet(&root, 0, sizeof(root));
    6860         380 :     root.type = T_PlannerInfo;
    6861         380 :     root.glob = &glob;
    6862             : 
    6863             :     /*
    6864             :      * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
    6865             :      * simplify constant subexprs.  Collect identities of inlined functions
    6866             :      * and elided domains, too.
    6867             :      */
    6868         380 :     result = eval_const_expressions(&root, (Node *) expr);
    6869             : 
    6870             :     /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
    6871         380 :     fix_opfuncids(result);
    6872             : 
    6873             :     /*
    6874             :      * Now walk the finished expression to find anything else we ought to
    6875             :      * record as an expression dependency.
    6876             :      */
    6877         380 :     (void) extract_query_dependencies_walker(result, &root);
    6878             : 
    6879         380 :     *relationOids = glob.relationOids;
    6880         380 :     *invalItems = glob.invalItems;
    6881             : 
    6882         380 :     return (Expr *) result;
    6883             : }
    6884             : 
    6885             : 
    6886             : /*
    6887             :  * plan_cluster_use_sort
    6888             :  *      Use the planner to decide how CLUSTER should implement sorting
    6889             :  *
    6890             :  * tableOid is the OID of a table to be clustered on its index indexOid
    6891             :  * (which is already known to be a btree index).  Decide whether it's
    6892             :  * cheaper to do an indexscan or a seqscan-plus-sort to execute the CLUSTER.
    6893             :  * Return true to use sorting, false to use an indexscan.
    6894             :  *
    6895             :  * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table.
    6896             :  */
    6897             : bool
    6898         188 : plan_cluster_use_sort(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
    6899             : {
    6900             :     PlannerInfo *root;
    6901             :     Query      *query;
    6902             :     PlannerGlobal *glob;
    6903             :     RangeTblEntry *rte;
    6904             :     RelOptInfo *rel;
    6905             :     IndexOptInfo *indexInfo;
    6906             :     QualCost    indexExprCost;
    6907             :     Cost        comparisonCost;
    6908             :     Path       *seqScanPath;
    6909             :     Path        seqScanAndSortPath;
    6910             :     IndexPath  *indexScanPath;
    6911             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6912             : 
    6913             :     /* We can short-circuit the cost comparison if indexscans are disabled */
    6914         188 :     if (!enable_indexscan)
    6915          30 :         return true;            /* use sort */
    6916             : 
    6917             :     /* Set up mostly-dummy planner state */
    6918         158 :     query = makeNode(Query);
    6919         158 :     query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
    6920             : 
    6921         158 :     glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
    6922             : 
    6923         158 :     root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
    6924         158 :     root->parse = query;
    6925         158 :     root->glob = glob;
    6926         158 :     root->query_level = 1;
    6927         158 :     root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
    6928         158 :     root->wt_param_id = -1;
    6929         158 :     root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
    6930             : 
    6931             :     /* Build a minimal RTE for the rel */
    6932         158 :     rte = makeNode(RangeTblEntry);
    6933         158 :     rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
    6934         158 :     rte->relid = tableOid;
    6935         158 :     rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
    6936         158 :     rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
    6937         158 :     rte->lateral = false;
    6938         158 :     rte->inh = false;
    6939         158 :     rte->inFromCl = true;
    6940         158 :     query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
    6941         158 :     addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
    6942             : 
    6943             :     /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
    6944         158 :     setup_simple_rel_arrays(root);
    6945             : 
    6946             :     /* Build RelOptInfo */
    6947         158 :     rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
    6948             : 
    6949             :     /* Locate IndexOptInfo for the target index */
    6950         158 :     indexInfo = NULL;
    6951         196 :     foreach(lc, rel->indexlist)
    6952             :     {
    6953         196 :         indexInfo = lfirst_node(IndexOptInfo, lc);
    6954         196 :         if (indexInfo->indexoid == indexOid)
    6955         158 :             break;
    6956             :     }
    6957             : 
    6958             :     /*
    6959             :      * It's possible that get_relation_info did not generate an IndexOptInfo
    6960             :      * for the desired index; this could happen if it's not yet reached its
    6961             :      * indcheckxmin usability horizon, or if it's a system index and we're
    6962             :      * ignoring system indexes.  In such cases we should tell CLUSTER to not
    6963             :      * trust the index contents but use seqscan-and-sort.
    6964             :      */
    6965         158 :     if (lc == NULL)             /* not in the list? */
    6966           0 :         return true;            /* use sort */
    6967             : 
    6968             :     /*
    6969             :      * Rather than doing all the pushups that would be needed to use
    6970             :      * set_baserel_size_estimates, just do a quick hack for rows and width.
    6971             :      */
    6972         158 :     rel->rows = rel->tuples;
    6973         158 :     rel->reltarget->width = get_relation_data_width(tableOid, NULL);
    6974             : 
    6975         158 :     root->total_table_pages = rel->pages;
    6976             : 
    6977             :     /*
    6978             :      * Determine eval cost of the index expressions, if any.  We need to
    6979             :      * charge twice that amount for each tuple comparison that happens during
    6980             :      * the sort, since tuplesort.c will have to re-evaluate the index
    6981             :      * expressions each time.  (XXX that's pretty inefficient...)
    6982             :      */
    6983         158 :     cost_qual_eval(&indexExprCost, indexInfo->indexprs, root);
    6984         158 :     comparisonCost = 2.0 * (indexExprCost.startup + indexExprCost.per_tuple);
    6985             : 
    6986             :     /* Estimate the cost of seq scan + sort */
    6987         158 :     seqScanPath = create_seqscan_path(root, rel, NULL, 0);
    6988         158 :     cost_sort(&seqScanAndSortPath, root, NIL,
    6989             :               seqScanPath->disabled_nodes,
    6990         158 :               seqScanPath->total_cost, rel->tuples, rel->reltarget->width,
    6991             :               comparisonCost, maintenance_work_mem, -1.0);
    6992             : 
    6993             :     /* Estimate the cost of index scan */
    6994         158 :     indexScanPath = create_index_path(root, indexInfo,
    6995             :                                       NIL, NIL, NIL, NIL,
    6996             :                                       ForwardScanDirection, false,
    6997             :                                       NULL, 1.0, false);
    6998             : 
    6999         158 :     return (seqScanAndSortPath.total_cost < indexScanPath->path.total_cost);
    7000             : }
    7001             : 
    7002             : /*
    7003             :  * plan_create_index_workers
    7004             :  *      Use the planner to decide how many parallel worker processes
    7005             :  *      CREATE INDEX should request for use
    7006             :  *
    7007             :  * tableOid is the table on which the index is to be built.  indexOid is the
    7008             :  * OID of an index to be created or reindexed (which must be an index with
    7009             :  * support for parallel builds - currently btree, GIN, or BRIN).
    7010             :  *
    7011             :  * Return value is the number of parallel worker processes to request.  It
    7012             :  * may be unsafe to proceed if this is 0.  Note that this does not include the
    7013             :  * leader participating as a worker (value is always a number of parallel
    7014             :  * worker processes).
    7015             :  *
    7016             :  * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table and
    7017             :  * index.
    7018             :  */
    7019             : int
    7020       36562 : plan_create_index_workers(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
    7021             : {
    7022             :     PlannerInfo *root;
    7023             :     Query      *query;
    7024             :     PlannerGlobal *glob;
    7025             :     RangeTblEntry *rte;
    7026             :     Relation    heap;
    7027             :     Relation    index;
    7028             :     RelOptInfo *rel;
    7029             :     int         parallel_workers;
    7030             :     BlockNumber heap_blocks;
    7031             :     double      reltuples;
    7032             :     double      allvisfrac;
    7033             : 
    7034             :     /*
    7035             :      * We don't allow performing parallel operation in standalone backend or
    7036             :      * when parallelism is disabled.
    7037             :      */
    7038       36562 :     if (!IsUnderPostmaster || max_parallel_maintenance_workers == 0)
    7039         514 :         return 0;
    7040             : 
    7041             :     /* Set up largely-dummy planner state */
    7042       36048 :     query = makeNode(Query);
    7043       36048 :     query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
    7044             : 
    7045       36048 :     glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
    7046             : 
    7047       36048 :     root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
    7048       36048 :     root->parse = query;
    7049       36048 :     root->glob = glob;
    7050       36048 :     root->query_level = 1;
    7051       36048 :     root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
    7052       36048 :     root->wt_param_id = -1;
    7053       36048 :     root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
    7054             : 
    7055             :     /*
    7056             :      * Build a minimal RTE.
    7057             :      *
    7058             :      * Mark the RTE with inh = true.  This is a kludge to prevent
    7059             :      * get_relation_info() from fetching index info, which is necessary
    7060             :      * because it does not expect that any IndexOptInfo is currently
    7061             :      * undergoing REINDEX.
    7062             :      */
    7063       36048 :     rte = makeNode(RangeTblEntry);
    7064       36048 :     rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
    7065       36048 :     rte->relid = tableOid;
    7066       36048 :     rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
    7067       36048 :     rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
    7068       36048 :     rte->lateral = false;
    7069       36048 :     rte->inh = true;
    7070       36048 :     rte->inFromCl = true;
    7071       36048 :     query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
    7072       36048 :     addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
    7073             : 
    7074             :     /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
    7075       36048 :     setup_simple_rel_arrays(root);
    7076             : 
    7077             :     /* Build RelOptInfo */
    7078       36048 :     rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
    7079             : 
    7080             :     /* Rels are assumed already locked by the caller */
    7081       36048 :     heap = table_open(tableOid, NoLock);
    7082       36048 :     index = index_open(indexOid, NoLock);
    7083             : 
    7084             :     /*
    7085             :      * Determine if it's safe to proceed.
    7086             :      *
    7087             :      * Currently, parallel workers can't access the leader's temporary tables.
    7088             :      * Furthermore, any index predicate or index expressions must be parallel
    7089             :      * safe.
    7090             :      */
    7091       36048 :     if (heap->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP ||
    7092       33968 :         !is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) RelationGetIndexExpressions(index)) ||
    7093       33828 :         !is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) RelationGetIndexPredicate(index)))
    7094             :     {
    7095        2220 :         parallel_workers = 0;
    7096        2220 :         goto done;
    7097             :     }
    7098             : 
    7099             :     /*
    7100             :      * If parallel_workers storage parameter is set for the table, accept that
    7101             :      * as the number of parallel worker processes to launch (though still cap
    7102             :      * at max_parallel_maintenance_workers).  Note that we deliberately do not
    7103             :      * consider any other factor when parallel_workers is set. (e.g., memory
    7104             :      * use by workers.)
    7105             :      */
    7106       33828 :     if (rel->rel_parallel_workers != -1)
    7107             :     {
    7108         100 :         parallel_workers = Min(rel->rel_parallel_workers,
    7109             :                                max_parallel_maintenance_workers);
    7110         100 :         goto done;
    7111             :     }
    7112             : 
    7113             :     /*
    7114             :      * Estimate heap relation size ourselves, since rel->pages cannot be
    7115             :      * trusted (heap RTE was marked as inheritance parent)
    7116             :      */
    7117       33728 :     estimate_rel_size(heap, NULL, &heap_blocks, &reltuples, &allvisfrac);
    7118             : 
    7119             :     /*
    7120             :      * Determine number of workers to scan the heap relation using generic
    7121             :      * model
    7122             :      */
    7123       33728 :     parallel_workers = compute_parallel_worker(rel, heap_blocks, -1,
    7124             :                                                max_parallel_maintenance_workers);
    7125             : 
    7126             :     /*
    7127             :      * Cap workers based on available maintenance_work_mem as needed.
    7128             :      *
    7129             :      * Note that each tuplesort participant receives an even share of the
    7130             :      * total maintenance_work_mem budget.  Aim to leave participants
    7131             :      * (including the leader as a participant) with no less than 32MB of
    7132             :      * memory.  This leaves cases where maintenance_work_mem is set to 64MB
    7133             :      * immediately past the threshold of being capable of launching a single
    7134             :      * parallel worker to sort.
    7135             :      */
    7136       33890 :     while (parallel_workers > 0 &&
    7137         326 :            maintenance_work_mem / (parallel_workers + 1) < 32 * 1024)
    7138         162 :         parallel_workers--;
    7139             : 
    7140       33728 : done:
    7141       36048 :     index_close(index, NoLock);
    7142       36048 :     table_close(heap, NoLock);
    7143             : 
    7144       36048 :     return parallel_workers;
    7145             : }
    7146             : 
    7147             : /*
    7148             :  * add_paths_to_grouping_rel
    7149             :  *
    7150             :  * Add non-partial paths to grouping relation.
    7151             :  */
    7152             : static void
    7153       47234 : add_paths_to_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    7154             :                           RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    7155             :                           RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
    7156             :                           const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    7157             :                           grouping_sets_data *gd,
    7158             :                           GroupPathExtraData *extra)
    7159             : {
    7160       47234 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    7161       47234 :     Path       *cheapest_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    7162       47234 :     Path       *cheapest_partially_grouped_path = NULL;
    7163             :     ListCell   *lc;
    7164       47234 :     bool        can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
    7165       47234 :     bool        can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
    7166       47234 :     List       *havingQual = (List *) extra->havingQual;
    7167       47234 :     AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
    7168       47234 :     double      dNumGroups = 0;
    7169       47234 :     double      dNumFinalGroups = 0;
    7170             : 
    7171             :     /*
    7172             :      * Estimate number of groups for non-split aggregation.
    7173             :      */
    7174       47234 :     dNumGroups = get_number_of_groups(root,
    7175             :                                       cheapest_path->rows,
    7176             :                                       gd,
    7177             :                                       extra->targetList);
    7178             : 
    7179       47234 :     if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    7180             :     {
    7181        3000 :         cheapest_partially_grouped_path =
    7182             :             partially_grouped_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    7183             : 
    7184             :         /*
    7185             :          * Estimate number of groups for final phase of partial aggregation.
    7186             :          */
    7187             :         dNumFinalGroups =
    7188        3000 :             get_number_of_groups(root,
    7189             :                                  cheapest_partially_grouped_path->rows,
    7190             :                                  gd,
    7191             :                                  extra->targetList);
    7192             :     }
    7193             : 
    7194       47234 :     if (can_sort)
    7195             :     {
    7196             :         /*
    7197             :          * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
    7198             :          * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
    7199             :          * with presorted keys.
    7200             :          */
    7201       97886 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    7202             :         {
    7203             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    7204       50658 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7205       50658 :             Path       *path_save = path;
    7206       50658 :             List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    7207             : 
    7208             :             /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    7209       50658 :             pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    7210             : 
    7211             :             Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    7212             : 
    7213      101460 :             foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    7214             :             {
    7215       50802 :                 GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    7216             : 
    7217             :                 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    7218       50802 :                 path = path_save;
    7219             : 
    7220       50802 :                 path = make_ordered_path(root,
    7221             :                                          grouped_rel,
    7222             :                                          path,
    7223             :                                          cheapest_path,
    7224             :                                          info->pathkeys,
    7225             :                                          -1.0);
    7226       50802 :                 if (path == NULL)
    7227         386 :                     continue;
    7228             : 
    7229             :                 /* Now decide what to stick atop it */
    7230       50416 :                 if (parse->groupingSets)
    7231             :                 {
    7232        1062 :                     consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
    7233             :                                                 path, true, can_hash,
    7234             :                                                 gd, agg_costs, dNumGroups);
    7235             :                 }
    7236       49354 :                 else if (parse->hasAggs)
    7237             :                 {
    7238             :                     /*
    7239             :                      * We have aggregation, possibly with plain GROUP BY. Make
    7240             :                      * an AggPath.
    7241             :                      */
    7242       48570 :                     add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7243       48570 :                              create_agg_path(root,
    7244             :                                              grouped_rel,
    7245             :                                              path,
    7246       48570 :                                              grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7247       48570 :                                              parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    7248             :                                              AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    7249             :                                              info->clauses,
    7250             :                                              havingQual,
    7251             :                                              agg_costs,
    7252             :                                              dNumGroups));
    7253             :                 }
    7254         784 :                 else if (parse->groupClause)
    7255             :                 {
    7256             :                     /*
    7257             :                      * We have GROUP BY without aggregation or grouping sets.
    7258             :                      * Make a GroupPath.
    7259             :                      */
    7260         784 :                     add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7261         784 :                              create_group_path(root,
    7262             :                                                grouped_rel,
    7263             :                                                path,
    7264             :                                                info->clauses,
    7265             :                                                havingQual,
    7266             :                                                dNumGroups));
    7267             :                 }
    7268             :                 else
    7269             :                 {
    7270             :                     /* Other cases should have been handled above */
    7271             :                     Assert(false);
    7272             :                 }
    7273             :             }
    7274             :         }
    7275             : 
    7276             :         /*
    7277             :          * Instead of operating directly on the input relation, we can
    7278             :          * consider finalizing a partially aggregated path.
    7279             :          */
    7280       47228 :         if (partially_grouped_rel != NULL)
    7281             :         {
    7282        7682 :             foreach(lc, partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    7283             :             {
    7284             :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    7285        4682 :                 Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7286        4682 :                 Path       *path_save = path;
    7287        4682 :                 List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    7288             : 
    7289             :                 /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    7290        4682 :                 pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    7291             : 
    7292             :                 Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    7293             : 
    7294             :                 /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
    7295        9364 :                 foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    7296             :                 {
    7297        4682 :                     GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    7298             : 
    7299             :                     /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    7300        4682 :                     path = path_save;
    7301             : 
    7302        4682 :                     path = make_ordered_path(root,
    7303             :                                              grouped_rel,
    7304             :                                              path,
    7305             :                                              cheapest_partially_grouped_path,
    7306             :                                              info->pathkeys,
    7307             :                                              -1.0);
    7308             : 
    7309        4682 :                     if (path == NULL)
    7310         204 :                         continue;
    7311             : 
    7312        4478 :                     if (parse->hasAggs)
    7313        4230 :                         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7314        4230 :                                  create_agg_path(root,
    7315             :                                                  grouped_rel,
    7316             :                                                  path,
    7317        4230 :                                                  grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7318        4230 :                                                  parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    7319             :                                                  AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
    7320             :                                                  info->clauses,
    7321             :                                                  havingQual,
    7322             :                                                  agg_final_costs,
    7323             :                                                  dNumFinalGroups));
    7324             :                     else
    7325         248 :                         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7326         248 :                                  create_group_path(root,
    7327             :                                                    grouped_rel,
    7328             :                                                    path,
    7329             :                                                    info->clauses,
    7330             :                                                    havingQual,
    7331             :                                                    dNumFinalGroups));
    7332             : 
    7333             :                 }
    7334             :             }
    7335             :         }
    7336             :     }
    7337             : 
    7338       47234 :     if (can_hash)
    7339             :     {
    7340        6020 :         if (parse->groupingSets)
    7341             :         {
    7342             :             /*
    7343             :              * Try for a hash-only groupingsets path over unsorted input.
    7344             :              */
    7345         900 :             consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
    7346             :                                         cheapest_path, false, true,
    7347             :                                         gd, agg_costs, dNumGroups);
    7348             :         }
    7349             :         else
    7350             :         {
    7351             :             /*
    7352             :              * Generate a HashAgg Path.  We just need an Agg over the
    7353             :              * cheapest-total input path, since input order won't matter.
    7354             :              */
    7355        5120 :             add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7356        5120 :                      create_agg_path(root, grouped_rel,
    7357             :                                      cheapest_path,
    7358        5120 :                                      grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7359             :                                      AGG_HASHED,
    7360             :                                      AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    7361             :                                      root->processed_groupClause,
    7362             :                                      havingQual,
    7363             :                                      agg_costs,
    7364             :                                      dNumGroups));
    7365             :         }
    7366             : 
    7367             :         /*
    7368             :          * Generate a Finalize HashAgg Path atop of the cheapest partially
    7369             :          * grouped path, assuming there is one
    7370             :          */
    7371        6020 :         if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    7372             :         {
    7373        1448 :             add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7374        1448 :                      create_agg_path(root,
    7375             :                                      grouped_rel,
    7376             :                                      cheapest_partially_grouped_path,
    7377        1448 :                                      grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7378             :                                      AGG_HASHED,
    7379             :                                      AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
    7380             :                                      root->processed_groupClause,
    7381             :                                      havingQual,
    7382             :                                      agg_final_costs,
    7383             :                                      dNumFinalGroups));
    7384             :         }
    7385             :     }
    7386             : 
    7387             :     /*
    7388             :      * When partitionwise aggregate is used, we might have fully aggregated
    7389             :      * paths in the partial pathlist, because add_paths_to_append_rel() will
    7390             :      * consider a path for grouped_rel consisting of a Parallel Append of
    7391             :      * non-partial paths from each child.
    7392             :      */
    7393       47234 :     if (grouped_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    7394         318 :         gather_grouping_paths(root, grouped_rel);
    7395       47234 : }
    7396             : 
    7397             : /*
    7398             :  * create_partial_grouping_paths
    7399             :  *
    7400             :  * Create a new upper relation representing the result of partial aggregation
    7401             :  * and populate it with appropriate paths.  Note that we don't finalize the
    7402             :  * lists of paths here, so the caller can add additional partial or non-partial
    7403             :  * paths and must afterward call gather_grouping_paths and set_cheapest on
    7404             :  * the returned upper relation.
    7405             :  *
    7406             :  * All paths for this new upper relation -- both partial and non-partial --
    7407             :  * have been partially aggregated but require a subsequent FinalizeAggregate
    7408             :  * step.
    7409             :  *
    7410             :  * NB: This function is allowed to return NULL if it determines that there is
    7411             :  * no real need to create a new RelOptInfo.
    7412             :  */
    7413             : static RelOptInfo *
    7414       43128 : create_partial_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    7415             :                               RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    7416             :                               RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    7417             :                               grouping_sets_data *gd,
    7418             :                               GroupPathExtraData *extra,
    7419             :                               bool force_rel_creation)
    7420             : {
    7421       43128 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    7422             :     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel;
    7423       43128 :     RelOptInfo *eager_agg_rel = NULL;
    7424       43128 :     AggClauseCosts *agg_partial_costs = &extra->agg_partial_costs;
    7425       43128 :     AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
    7426       43128 :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path = NULL;
    7427       43128 :     Path       *cheapest_total_path = NULL;
    7428       43128 :     double      dNumPartialGroups = 0;
    7429       43128 :     double      dNumPartialPartialGroups = 0;
    7430             :     ListCell   *lc;
    7431       43128 :     bool        can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
    7432       43128 :     bool        can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
    7433             : 
    7434             :     /*
    7435             :      * Check whether any partially aggregated paths have been generated
    7436             :      * through eager aggregation.
    7437             :      */
    7438       43128 :     if (input_rel->grouped_rel &&
    7439         958 :         !IS_DUMMY_REL(input_rel->grouped_rel) &&
    7440         958 :         input_rel->grouped_rel->pathlist != NIL)
    7441         898 :         eager_agg_rel = input_rel->grouped_rel;
    7442             : 
    7443             :     /*
    7444             :      * Consider whether we should generate partially aggregated non-partial
    7445             :      * paths.  We can only do this if we have a non-partial path, and only if
    7446             :      * the parent of the input rel is performing partial partitionwise
    7447             :      * aggregation.  (Note that extra->patype is the type of partitionwise
    7448             :      * aggregation being used at the parent level, not this level.)
    7449             :      */
    7450       43128 :     if (input_rel->pathlist != NIL &&
    7451       43128 :         extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL)
    7452         858 :         cheapest_total_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    7453             : 
    7454             :     /*
    7455             :      * If parallelism is possible for grouped_rel, then we should consider
    7456             :      * generating partially-grouped partial paths.  However, if the input rel
    7457             :      * has no partial paths, then we can't.
    7458             :      */
    7459       43128 :     if (grouped_rel->consider_parallel && input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    7460        3276 :         cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
    7461             : 
    7462             :     /*
    7463             :      * If we can't partially aggregate partial paths, and we can't partially
    7464             :      * aggregate non-partial paths, and no partially aggregated paths were
    7465             :      * generated by eager aggregation, then don't bother creating the new
    7466             :      * RelOptInfo at all, unless the caller specified force_rel_creation.
    7467             :      */
    7468       43128 :     if (cheapest_total_path == NULL &&
    7469       39498 :         cheapest_partial_path == NULL &&
    7470       39368 :         eager_agg_rel == NULL &&
    7471       39368 :         !force_rel_creation)
    7472       39270 :         return NULL;
    7473             : 
    7474             :     /*
    7475             :      * Build a new upper relation to represent the result of partially
    7476             :      * aggregating the rows from the input relation.
    7477             :      */
    7478        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root,
    7479             :                                             UPPERREL_PARTIAL_GROUP_AGG,
    7480             :                                             grouped_rel->relids);
    7481        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->consider_parallel =
    7482        3858 :         grouped_rel->consider_parallel;
    7483        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->pgs_mask = grouped_rel->pgs_mask;
    7484        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->reloptkind = grouped_rel->reloptkind;
    7485        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->serverid = grouped_rel->serverid;
    7486        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->userid = grouped_rel->userid;
    7487        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = grouped_rel->useridiscurrent;
    7488        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine = grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
    7489             : 
    7490             :     /*
    7491             :      * Build target list for partial aggregate paths.  These paths cannot just
    7492             :      * emit the same tlist as regular aggregate paths, because (1) we must
    7493             :      * include Vars and Aggrefs needed in HAVING, which might not appear in
    7494             :      * the result tlist, and (2) the Aggrefs must be set in partial mode.
    7495             :      */
    7496        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->reltarget =
    7497        3858 :         make_partial_grouping_target(root, grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7498             :                                      extra->havingQual);
    7499             : 
    7500        3858 :     if (!extra->partial_costs_set)
    7501             :     {
    7502             :         /*
    7503             :          * Collect statistics about aggregates for estimating costs of
    7504             :          * performing aggregation in parallel.
    7505             :          */
    7506       13896 :         MemSet(agg_partial_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
    7507       13896 :         MemSet(agg_final_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
    7508        2316 :         if (parse->hasAggs)
    7509             :         {
    7510             :             /* partial phase */
    7511        2182 :             get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7512             :                                  agg_partial_costs);
    7513             : 
    7514             :             /* final phase */
    7515        2182 :             get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
    7516             :                                  agg_final_costs);
    7517             :         }
    7518             : 
    7519        2316 :         extra->partial_costs_set = true;
    7520             :     }
    7521             : 
    7522             :     /* Estimate number of partial groups. */
    7523        3858 :     if (cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    7524             :         dNumPartialGroups =
    7525         858 :             get_number_of_groups(root,
    7526             :                                  cheapest_total_path->rows,
    7527             :                                  gd,
    7528             :                                  extra->targetList);
    7529        3858 :     if (cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    7530             :         dNumPartialPartialGroups =
    7531        3276 :             get_number_of_groups(root,
    7532             :                                  cheapest_partial_path->rows,
    7533             :                                  gd,
    7534             :                                  extra->targetList);
    7535             : 
    7536        3858 :     if (can_sort && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    7537             :     {
    7538             :         /* This should have been checked previously */
    7539             :         Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
    7540             : 
    7541             :         /*
    7542             :          * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
    7543             :          * sorting the cheapest partial path.
    7544             :          */
    7545        1716 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    7546             :         {
    7547             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    7548         858 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7549         858 :             Path       *path_save = path;
    7550         858 :             List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    7551             : 
    7552             :             /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    7553         858 :             pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    7554             : 
    7555             :             Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    7556             : 
    7557             :             /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
    7558        1716 :             foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    7559             :             {
    7560         858 :                 GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    7561             : 
    7562             :                 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    7563         858 :                 path = path_save;
    7564             : 
    7565         858 :                 path = make_ordered_path(root,
    7566             :                                          partially_grouped_rel,
    7567             :                                          path,
    7568             :                                          cheapest_total_path,
    7569             :                                          info->pathkeys,
    7570             :                                          -1.0);
    7571             : 
    7572         858 :                 if (path == NULL)
    7573           0 :                     continue;
    7574             : 
    7575         858 :                 if (parse->hasAggs)
    7576         786 :                     add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7577         786 :                              create_agg_path(root,
    7578             :                                              partially_grouped_rel,
    7579             :                                              path,
    7580         786 :                                              partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7581         786 :                                              parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    7582             :                                              AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7583             :                                              info->clauses,
    7584             :                                              NIL,
    7585             :                                              agg_partial_costs,
    7586             :                                              dNumPartialGroups));
    7587             :                 else
    7588          72 :                     add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7589          72 :                              create_group_path(root,
    7590             :                                                partially_grouped_rel,
    7591             :                                                path,
    7592             :                                                info->clauses,
    7593             :                                                NIL,
    7594             :                                                dNumPartialGroups));
    7595             :             }
    7596             :         }
    7597             :     }
    7598             : 
    7599        3858 :     if (can_sort && cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    7600             :     {
    7601             :         /* Similar to above logic, but for partial paths. */
    7602        7074 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
    7603             :         {
    7604             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    7605        3798 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7606        3798 :             Path       *path_save = path;
    7607        3798 :             List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    7608             : 
    7609             :             /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    7610        3798 :             pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    7611             : 
    7612             :             Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    7613             : 
    7614             :             /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
    7615        7596 :             foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    7616             :             {
    7617        3798 :                 GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    7618             : 
    7619             : 
    7620             :                 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    7621        3798 :                 path = path_save;
    7622             : 
    7623        3798 :                 path = make_ordered_path(root,
    7624             :                                          partially_grouped_rel,
    7625             :                                          path,
    7626             :                                          cheapest_partial_path,
    7627             :                                          info->pathkeys,
    7628             :                                          -1.0);
    7629             : 
    7630        3798 :                 if (path == NULL)
    7631           6 :                     continue;
    7632             : 
    7633        3792 :                 if (parse->hasAggs)
    7634        3670 :                     add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7635        3670 :                                      create_agg_path(root,
    7636             :                                                      partially_grouped_rel,
    7637             :                                                      path,
    7638        3670 :                                                      partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7639        3670 :                                                      parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    7640             :                                                      AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7641             :                                                      info->clauses,
    7642             :                                                      NIL,
    7643             :                                                      agg_partial_costs,
    7644             :                                                      dNumPartialPartialGroups));
    7645             :                 else
    7646         122 :                     add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7647         122 :                                      create_group_path(root,
    7648             :                                                        partially_grouped_rel,
    7649             :                                                        path,
    7650             :                                                        info->clauses,
    7651             :                                                        NIL,
    7652             :                                                        dNumPartialPartialGroups));
    7653             :             }
    7654             :         }
    7655             :     }
    7656             : 
    7657             :     /*
    7658             :      * Add a partially-grouped HashAgg Path where possible
    7659             :      */
    7660        3858 :     if (can_hash && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    7661             :     {
    7662             :         /* Checked above */
    7663             :         Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
    7664             : 
    7665         858 :         add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7666         858 :                  create_agg_path(root,
    7667             :                                  partially_grouped_rel,
    7668             :                                  cheapest_total_path,
    7669         858 :                                  partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7670             :                                  AGG_HASHED,
    7671             :                                  AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7672             :                                  root->processed_groupClause,
    7673             :                                  NIL,
    7674             :                                  agg_partial_costs,
    7675             :                                  dNumPartialGroups));
    7676             :     }
    7677             : 
    7678             :     /*
    7679             :      * Now add a partially-grouped HashAgg partial Path where possible
    7680             :      */
    7681        3858 :     if (can_hash && cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    7682             :     {
    7683        1724 :         add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7684        1724 :                          create_agg_path(root,
    7685             :                                          partially_grouped_rel,
    7686             :                                          cheapest_partial_path,
    7687        1724 :                                          partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7688             :                                          AGG_HASHED,
    7689             :                                          AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7690             :                                          root->processed_groupClause,
    7691             :                                          NIL,
    7692             :                                          agg_partial_costs,
    7693             :                                          dNumPartialPartialGroups));
    7694             :     }
    7695             : 
    7696             :     /*
    7697             :      * Add any partially aggregated paths generated by eager aggregation to
    7698             :      * the new upper relation after applying projection steps as needed.
    7699             :      */
    7700        3858 :     if (eager_agg_rel)
    7701             :     {
    7702             :         /* Add the paths */
    7703        2348 :         foreach(lc, eager_agg_rel->pathlist)
    7704             :         {
    7705        1450 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7706             : 
    7707             :             /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
    7708             :             Assert(path->param_info == NULL);
    7709             : 
    7710        1450 :             path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    7711             :                                                    partially_grouped_rel,
    7712             :                                                    path,
    7713        1450 :                                                    partially_grouped_rel->reltarget);
    7714             : 
    7715        1450 :             add_path(partially_grouped_rel, path);
    7716             :         }
    7717             : 
    7718             :         /*
    7719             :          * Likewise add the partial paths, but only if parallelism is possible
    7720             :          * for partially_grouped_rel.
    7721             :          */
    7722         898 :         if (partially_grouped_rel->consider_parallel)
    7723             :         {
    7724        2028 :             foreach(lc, eager_agg_rel->partial_pathlist)
    7725             :             {
    7726        1212 :                 Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7727             : 
    7728             :                 /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
    7729             :                 Assert(path->param_info == NULL);
    7730             : 
    7731        1212 :                 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    7732             :                                                        partially_grouped_rel,
    7733             :                                                        path,
    7734        1212 :                                                        partially_grouped_rel->reltarget);
    7735             : 
    7736        1212 :                 add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, path);
    7737             :             }
    7738             :         }
    7739             :     }
    7740             : 
    7741             :     /*
    7742             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    7743             :      * let it consider adding partially grouped ForeignPaths.
    7744             :      */
    7745        3858 :     if (partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
    7746           6 :         partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    7747             :     {
    7748           6 :         FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
    7749             : 
    7750           6 :         fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
    7751             :                                          UPPERREL_PARTIAL_GROUP_AGG,
    7752             :                                          input_rel, partially_grouped_rel,
    7753             :                                          extra);
    7754             :     }
    7755             : 
    7756        3858 :     return partially_grouped_rel;
    7757             : }
    7758             : 
    7759             : /*
    7760             :  * make_ordered_path
    7761             :  *      Return a path ordered by 'pathkeys' based on the given 'path'.  May
    7762             :  *      return NULL if it doesn't make sense to generate an ordered path in
    7763             :  *      this case.
    7764             :  */
    7765             : static Path *
    7766       66402 : make_ordered_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *path,
    7767             :                   Path *cheapest_path, List *pathkeys, double limit_tuples)
    7768             : {
    7769             :     bool        is_sorted;
    7770             :     int         presorted_keys;
    7771             : 
    7772       66402 :     is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(pathkeys,
    7773             :                                             path->pathkeys,
    7774             :                                             &presorted_keys);
    7775             : 
    7776       66402 :     if (!is_sorted)
    7777             :     {
    7778             :         /*
    7779             :          * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
    7780             :          * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
    7781             :          * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
    7782             :          * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
    7783             :          */
    7784       17146 :         if (path != cheapest_path &&
    7785        3314 :             (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    7786        1486 :             return NULL;
    7787             : 
    7788             :         /*
    7789             :          * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
    7790             :          * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
    7791             :          * sort when there are presorted keys.
    7792             :          */
    7793       15660 :         if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    7794       13658 :             path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    7795             :                                              rel,
    7796             :                                              path,
    7797             :                                              pathkeys,
    7798             :                                              limit_tuples);
    7799             :         else
    7800        2002 :             path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    7801             :                                                          rel,
    7802             :                                                          path,
    7803             :                                                          pathkeys,
    7804             :                                                          presorted_keys,
    7805             :                                                          limit_tuples);
    7806             :     }
    7807             : 
    7808       64916 :     return path;
    7809             : }
    7810             : 
    7811             : /*
    7812             :  * Generate Gather and Gather Merge paths for a grouping relation or partial
    7813             :  * grouping relation.
    7814             :  *
    7815             :  * generate_useful_gather_paths does most of the work, but we also consider a
    7816             :  * special case: we could try sorting the data by the group_pathkeys and then
    7817             :  * applying Gather Merge.
    7818             :  *
    7819             :  * NB: This function shouldn't be used for anything other than a grouped or
    7820             :  * partially grouped relation not only because of the fact that it explicitly
    7821             :  * references group_pathkeys but we pass "true" as the third argument to
    7822             :  * generate_useful_gather_paths().
    7823             :  */
    7824             : static void
    7825        3090 : gather_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
    7826             : {
    7827             :     ListCell   *lc;
    7828             :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    7829             :     List       *groupby_pathkeys;
    7830             : 
    7831             :     /*
    7832             :      * This occurs after any partial aggregation has taken place, so trim off
    7833             :      * any pathkeys added for ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregates.
    7834             :      */
    7835        3090 :     if (list_length(root->group_pathkeys) > root->num_groupby_pathkeys)
    7836          18 :         groupby_pathkeys = list_copy_head(root->group_pathkeys,
    7837             :                                           root->num_groupby_pathkeys);
    7838             :     else
    7839        3072 :         groupby_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
    7840             : 
    7841             :     /* Try Gather for unordered paths and Gather Merge for ordered ones. */
    7842        3090 :     generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, true);
    7843             : 
    7844        3090 :     cheapest_partial_path = linitial(rel->partial_pathlist);
    7845             : 
    7846             :     /* XXX Shouldn't this also consider the group-key-reordering? */
    7847        7308 :     foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
    7848             :     {
    7849        4218 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7850             :         bool        is_sorted;
    7851             :         int         presorted_keys;
    7852             :         double      total_groups;
    7853             : 
    7854        4218 :         is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(groupby_pathkeys,
    7855             :                                                 path->pathkeys,
    7856             :                                                 &presorted_keys);
    7857             : 
    7858        4218 :         if (is_sorted)
    7859        2760 :             continue;
    7860             : 
    7861             :         /*
    7862             :          * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
    7863             :          * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
    7864             :          * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
    7865             :          * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
    7866             :          */
    7867        1458 :         if (path != cheapest_partial_path &&
    7868           0 :             (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    7869           0 :             continue;
    7870             : 
    7871             :         /*
    7872             :          * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
    7873             :          * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
    7874             :          * sort when there are presorted keys.
    7875             :          */
    7876        1458 :         if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    7877        1458 :             path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root, rel, path,
    7878             :                                              groupby_pathkeys,
    7879             :                                              -1.0);
    7880             :         else
    7881           0 :             path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    7882             :                                                          rel,
    7883             :                                                          path,
    7884             :                                                          groupby_pathkeys,
    7885             :                                                          presorted_keys,
    7886             :                                                          -1.0);
    7887        1458 :         total_groups = compute_gather_rows(path);
    7888             :         path = (Path *)
    7889        1458 :             create_gather_merge_path(root,
    7890             :                                      rel,
    7891             :                                      path,
    7892        1458 :                                      rel->reltarget,
    7893             :                                      groupby_pathkeys,
    7894             :                                      NULL,
    7895             :                                      &total_groups);
    7896             : 
    7897        1458 :         add_path(rel, path);
    7898             :     }
    7899        3090 : }
    7900             : 
    7901             : /*
    7902             :  * can_partial_agg
    7903             :  *
    7904             :  * Determines whether or not partial grouping and/or aggregation is possible.
    7905             :  * Returns true when possible, false otherwise.
    7906             :  */
    7907             : static bool
    7908       45926 : can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root)
    7909             : {
    7910       45926 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    7911             : 
    7912       45926 :     if (!parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL)
    7913             :     {
    7914             :         /*
    7915             :          * We don't know how to do parallel aggregation unless we have either
    7916             :          * some aggregates or a grouping clause.
    7917             :          */
    7918           0 :         return false;
    7919             :     }
    7920       45926 :     else if (parse->groupingSets)
    7921             :     {
    7922             :         /* We don't know how to do grouping sets in parallel. */
    7923         996 :         return false;
    7924             :     }
    7925       44930 :     else if (root->hasNonPartialAggs || root->hasNonSerialAggs)
    7926             :     {
    7927             :         /* Insufficient support for partial mode. */
    7928        3896 :         return false;
    7929             :     }
    7930             : 
    7931             :     /* Everything looks good. */
    7932       41034 :     return true;
    7933             : }
    7934             : 
    7935             : /*
    7936             :  * apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths
    7937             :  *
    7938             :  * Adjust the final scan/join relation, and recursively all of its children,
    7939             :  * to generate the final scan/join target.  It would be more correct to model
    7940             :  * this as a separate planning step with a new RelOptInfo at the toplevel and
    7941             :  * for each child relation, but doing it this way is noticeably cheaper.
    7942             :  * Maybe that problem can be solved at some point, but for now we do this.
    7943             :  *
    7944             :  * If tlist_same_exprs is true, then the scan/join target to be applied has
    7945             :  * the same expressions as the existing reltarget, so we need only insert the
    7946             :  * appropriate sortgroupref information.  By avoiding the creation of
    7947             :  * projection paths we save effort both immediately and at plan creation time.
    7948             :  */
    7949             : static void
    7950      569180 : apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    7951             :                                RelOptInfo *rel,
    7952             :                                List *scanjoin_targets,
    7953             :                                List *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
    7954             :                                bool scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
    7955             :                                bool tlist_same_exprs)
    7956             : {
    7957      569180 :     bool        rel_is_partitioned = IS_PARTITIONED_REL(rel);
    7958             :     PathTarget *scanjoin_target;
    7959             :     ListCell   *lc;
    7960             : 
    7961             :     /* This recurses, so be paranoid. */
    7962      569180 :     check_stack_depth();
    7963             : 
    7964             :     /*
    7965             :      * If the rel only has Append and MergeAppend paths, we want to drop its
    7966             :      * existing paths and generate new ones.  This function would still be
    7967             :      * correct if we kept the existing paths: we'd modify them to generate the
    7968             :      * correct target above the partitioning Append, and then they'd compete
    7969             :      * on cost with paths generating the target below the Append.  However, in
    7970             :      * our current cost model the latter way is always the same or cheaper
    7971             :      * cost, so modifying the existing paths would just be useless work.
    7972             :      * Moreover, when the cost is the same, varying roundoff errors might
    7973             :      * sometimes allow an existing path to be picked, resulting in undesirable
    7974             :      * cross-platform plan variations.  So we drop old paths and thereby force
    7975             :      * the work to be done below the Append.
    7976             :      *
    7977             :      * However, there are several cases when this optimization is not safe. If
    7978             :      * the rel isn't partitioned, then none of the paths will be Append or
    7979             :      * MergeAppend paths, so we should definitely not do this. If it is
    7980             :      * partitioned but is a joinrel, it may have Append and MergeAppend paths,
    7981             :      * but it can also have join paths that we can't afford to discard.
    7982             :      *
    7983             :      * Some care is needed, because we have to allow
    7984             :      * generate_useful_gather_paths to see the old partial paths in the next
    7985             :      * stanza.  Hence, zap the main pathlist here, then allow
    7986             :      * generate_useful_gather_paths to add path(s) to the main list, and
    7987             :      * finally zap the partial pathlist.
    7988             :      */
    7989      569180 :     if (rel_is_partitioned && IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel))
    7990       11710 :         rel->pathlist = NIL;
    7991             : 
    7992             :     /*
    7993             :      * If the scan/join target is not parallel-safe, partial paths cannot
    7994             :      * generate it.
    7995             :      */
    7996      569180 :     if (!scanjoin_target_parallel_safe)
    7997             :     {
    7998             :         /*
    7999             :          * Since we can't generate the final scan/join target in parallel
    8000             :          * workers, this is our last opportunity to use any partial paths that
    8001             :          * exist; so build Gather path(s) that use them and emit whatever the
    8002             :          * current reltarget is.  We don't do this in the case where the
    8003             :          * target is parallel-safe, since we will be able to generate superior
    8004             :          * paths by doing it after the final scan/join target has been
    8005             :          * applied.
    8006             :          */
    8007       81200 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, false);
    8008             : 
    8009             :         /* Can't use parallel query above this level. */
    8010       81200 :         rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
    8011       81200 :         rel->consider_parallel = false;
    8012             :     }
    8013             : 
    8014             :     /* Finish dropping old paths for a partitioned rel, per comment above */
    8015      569180 :     if (rel_is_partitioned && IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel))
    8016       11710 :         rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
    8017             : 
    8018             :     /* Extract SRF-free scan/join target. */
    8019      569180 :     scanjoin_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
    8020             : 
    8021             :     /*
    8022             :      * Apply the SRF-free scan/join target to each existing path.
    8023             :      *
    8024             :      * If the tlist exprs are the same, we can just inject the sortgroupref
    8025             :      * information into the existing pathtargets.  Otherwise, replace each
    8026             :      * path with a projection path that generates the SRF-free scan/join
    8027             :      * target.  This can't change the ordering of paths within rel->pathlist,
    8028             :      * so we just modify the list in place.
    8029             :      */
    8030     1182270 :     foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
    8031             :     {
    8032      613090 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    8033             : 
    8034             :         /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
    8035             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    8036             : 
    8037      613090 :         if (tlist_same_exprs)
    8038      216440 :             subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
    8039      216440 :                 scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
    8040             :         else
    8041             :         {
    8042             :             Path       *newpath;
    8043             : 
    8044      396650 :             newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root, rel, subpath,
    8045             :                                                       scanjoin_target);
    8046      396650 :             lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    8047             :         }
    8048             :     }
    8049             : 
    8050             :     /* Likewise adjust the targets for any partial paths. */
    8051      594290 :     foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
    8052             :     {
    8053       25110 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    8054             : 
    8055             :         /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
    8056             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    8057             : 
    8058       25110 :         if (tlist_same_exprs)
    8059       20106 :             subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
    8060       20106 :                 scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
    8061             :         else
    8062             :         {
    8063             :             Path       *newpath;
    8064             : 
    8065        5004 :             newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root, rel, subpath,
    8066             :                                                       scanjoin_target);
    8067        5004 :             lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    8068             :         }
    8069             :     }
    8070             : 
    8071             :     /*
    8072             :      * Now, if final scan/join target contains SRFs, insert ProjectSetPath(s)
    8073             :      * atop each existing path.  (Note that this function doesn't look at the
    8074             :      * cheapest-path fields, which is a good thing because they're bogus right
    8075             :      * now.)
    8076             :      */
    8077      569180 :     if (root->parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    8078       12084 :         adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, rel,
    8079             :                               scanjoin_targets,
    8080             :                               scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs);
    8081             : 
    8082             :     /*
    8083             :      * Update the rel's target to be the final (with SRFs) scan/join target.
    8084             :      * This now matches the actual output of all the paths, and we might get
    8085             :      * confused in createplan.c if they don't agree.  We must do this now so
    8086             :      * that any append paths made in the next part will use the correct
    8087             :      * pathtarget (cf. create_append_path).
    8088             :      *
    8089             :      * Note that this is also necessary if GetForeignUpperPaths() gets called
    8090             :      * on the final scan/join relation or on any of its children, since the
    8091             :      * FDW might look at the rel's target to create ForeignPaths.
    8092             :      */
    8093      569180 :     rel->reltarget = llast_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
    8094             : 
    8095             :     /*
    8096             :      * If the relation is partitioned, recursively apply the scan/join target
    8097             :      * to all partitions, and generate brand-new Append paths in which the
    8098             :      * scan/join target is computed below the Append rather than above it.
    8099             :      * Since Append is not projection-capable, that might save a separate
    8100             :      * Result node, and it also is important for partitionwise aggregate.
    8101             :      */
    8102      569180 :     if (rel_is_partitioned)
    8103             :     {
    8104       13276 :         List       *live_children = NIL;
    8105             :         int         i;
    8106             : 
    8107             :         /* Adjust each partition. */
    8108       13276 :         i = -1;
    8109       38006 :         while ((i = bms_next_member(rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
    8110             :         {
    8111       24730 :             RelOptInfo *child_rel = rel->part_rels[i];
    8112             :             AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
    8113             :             int         nappinfos;
    8114       24730 :             List       *child_scanjoin_targets = NIL;
    8115             : 
    8116             :             Assert(child_rel != NULL);
    8117             : 
    8118             :             /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
    8119       24730 :             if (IS_DUMMY_REL(child_rel))
    8120          42 :                 continue;
    8121             : 
    8122             :             /* Translate scan/join targets for this child. */
    8123       24688 :             appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_rel->relids,
    8124             :                                                &nappinfos);
    8125       49376 :             foreach(lc, scanjoin_targets)
    8126             :             {
    8127       24688 :                 PathTarget *target = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc);
    8128             : 
    8129       24688 :                 target = copy_pathtarget(target);
    8130       24688 :                 target->exprs = (List *)
    8131       24688 :                     adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    8132       24688 :                                            (Node *) target->exprs,
    8133             :                                            nappinfos, appinfos);
    8134       24688 :                 child_scanjoin_targets = lappend(child_scanjoin_targets,
    8135             :                                                  target);
    8136             :             }
    8137       24688 :             pfree(appinfos);
    8138             : 
    8139             :             /* Recursion does the real work. */
    8140       24688 :             apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(root, child_rel,
    8141             :                                            child_scanjoin_targets,
    8142             :                                            scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
    8143             :                                            scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
    8144             :                                            tlist_same_exprs);
    8145             : 
    8146             :             /* Save non-dummy children for Append paths. */
    8147       24688 :             if (!IS_DUMMY_REL(child_rel))
    8148       24688 :                 live_children = lappend(live_children, child_rel);
    8149             :         }
    8150             : 
    8151             :         /* Build new paths for this relation by appending child paths. */
    8152       13276 :         add_paths_to_append_rel(root, rel, live_children);
    8153             :     }
    8154             : 
    8155             :     /*
    8156             :      * Consider generating Gather or Gather Merge paths.  We must only do this
    8157             :      * if the relation is parallel safe, and we don't do it for child rels to
    8158             :      * avoid creating multiple Gather nodes within the same plan. We must do
    8159             :      * this after all paths have been generated and before set_cheapest, since
    8160             :      * one of the generated paths may turn out to be the cheapest one.
    8161             :      */
    8162      569180 :     if (rel->consider_parallel && !IS_OTHER_REL(rel))
    8163      181086 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, false);
    8164             : 
    8165             :     /*
    8166             :      * Reassess which paths are the cheapest, now that we've potentially added
    8167             :      * new Gather (or Gather Merge) and/or Append (or MergeAppend) paths to
    8168             :      * this relation.
    8169             :      */
    8170      569180 :     set_cheapest(rel);
    8171      569180 : }
    8172             : 
    8173             : /*
    8174             :  * create_partitionwise_grouping_paths
    8175             :  *
    8176             :  * If the partition keys of input relation are part of the GROUP BY clause, all
    8177             :  * the rows belonging to a given group come from a single partition.  This
    8178             :  * allows aggregation/grouping over a partitioned relation to be broken down
    8179             :  * into aggregation/grouping on each partition.  This should be no worse, and
    8180             :  * often better, than the normal approach.
    8181             :  *
    8182             :  * However, if the GROUP BY clause does not contain all the partition keys,
    8183             :  * rows from a given group may be spread across multiple partitions. In that
    8184             :  * case, we perform partial aggregation for each group, append the results,
    8185             :  * and then finalize aggregation.  This is less certain to win than the
    8186             :  * previous case.  It may win if the PartialAggregate stage greatly reduces
    8187             :  * the number of groups, because fewer rows will pass through the Append node.
    8188             :  * It may lose if we have lots of small groups.
    8189             :  */
    8190             : static void
    8191         826 : create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    8192             :                                     RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    8193             :                                     RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    8194             :                                     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
    8195             :                                     const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    8196             :                                     grouping_sets_data *gd,
    8197             :                                     PartitionwiseAggregateType patype,
    8198             :                                     GroupPathExtraData *extra)
    8199             : {
    8200         826 :     List       *grouped_live_children = NIL;
    8201         826 :     List       *partially_grouped_live_children = NIL;
    8202         826 :     PathTarget *target = grouped_rel->reltarget;
    8203         826 :     bool        partial_grouping_valid = true;
    8204             :     int         i;
    8205             : 
    8206             :     Assert(patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE);
    8207             :     Assert(patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL ||
    8208             :            partially_grouped_rel != NULL);
    8209             : 
    8210             :     /* Add paths for partitionwise aggregation/grouping. */
    8211         826 :     i = -1;
    8212        2992 :     while ((i = bms_next_member(input_rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
    8213             :     {
    8214        2166 :         RelOptInfo *child_input_rel = input_rel->part_rels[i];
    8215             :         PathTarget *child_target;
    8216             :         AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
    8217             :         int         nappinfos;
    8218             :         GroupPathExtraData child_extra;
    8219             :         RelOptInfo *child_grouped_rel;
    8220             :         RelOptInfo *child_partially_grouped_rel;
    8221             : 
    8222             :         Assert(child_input_rel != NULL);
    8223             : 
    8224             :         /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
    8225        2166 :         if (IS_DUMMY_REL(child_input_rel))
    8226           0 :             continue;
    8227             : 
    8228        2166 :         child_target = copy_pathtarget(target);
    8229             : 
    8230             :         /*
    8231             :          * Copy the given "extra" structure as is and then override the
    8232             :          * members specific to this child.
    8233             :          */
    8234        2166 :         memcpy(&child_extra, extra, sizeof(child_extra));
    8235             : 
    8236        2166 :         appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_input_rel->relids,
    8237             :                                            &nappinfos);
    8238             : 
    8239        2166 :         child_target->exprs = (List *)
    8240        2166 :             adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    8241        2166 :                                    (Node *) target->exprs,
    8242             :                                    nappinfos, appinfos);
    8243             : 
    8244             :         /* Translate havingQual and targetList. */
    8245        2166 :         child_extra.havingQual = (Node *)
    8246             :             adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    8247             :                                    extra->havingQual,
    8248             :                                    nappinfos, appinfos);
    8249        2166 :         child_extra.targetList = (List *)
    8250        2166 :             adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    8251        2166 :                                    (Node *) extra->targetList,
    8252             :                                    nappinfos, appinfos);
    8253             : 
    8254             :         /*
    8255             :          * extra->patype was the value computed for our parent rel; patype is
    8256             :          * the value for this relation.  For the child, our value is its
    8257             :          * parent rel's value.
    8258             :          */
    8259        2166 :         child_extra.patype = patype;
    8260             : 
    8261             :         /*
    8262             :          * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
    8263             :          * aggregation paths for the child.
    8264             :          */
    8265        2166 :         child_grouped_rel = make_grouping_rel(root, child_input_rel,
    8266             :                                               child_target,
    8267        2166 :                                               extra->target_parallel_safe,
    8268             :                                               child_extra.havingQual);
    8269             : 
    8270             :         /* Create grouping paths for this child relation. */
    8271        2166 :         create_ordinary_grouping_paths(root, child_input_rel,
    8272             :                                        child_grouped_rel,
    8273             :                                        agg_costs, gd, &child_extra,
    8274             :                                        &child_partially_grouped_rel);
    8275             : 
    8276        2166 :         if (child_partially_grouped_rel)
    8277             :         {
    8278             :             partially_grouped_live_children =
    8279        1542 :                 lappend(partially_grouped_live_children,
    8280             :                         child_partially_grouped_rel);
    8281             :         }
    8282             :         else
    8283         624 :             partial_grouping_valid = false;
    8284             : 
    8285        2166 :         if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
    8286             :         {
    8287        1308 :             set_cheapest(child_grouped_rel);
    8288        1308 :             grouped_live_children = lappend(grouped_live_children,
    8289             :                                             child_grouped_rel);
    8290             :         }
    8291             : 
    8292        2166 :         pfree(appinfos);
    8293             :     }
    8294             : 
    8295             :     /*
    8296             :      * Try to create append paths for partially grouped children. For full
    8297             :      * partitionwise aggregation, we might have paths in the partial_pathlist
    8298             :      * if parallel aggregation is possible.  For partial partitionwise
    8299             :      * aggregation, we may have paths in both pathlist and partial_pathlist.
    8300             :      *
    8301             :      * NB: We must have a partially grouped path for every child in order to
    8302             :      * generate a partially grouped path for this relation.
    8303             :      */
    8304         826 :     if (partially_grouped_rel && partial_grouping_valid)
    8305             :     {
    8306             :         Assert(partially_grouped_live_children != NIL);
    8307             : 
    8308         602 :         add_paths_to_append_rel(root, partially_grouped_rel,
    8309             :                                 partially_grouped_live_children);
    8310             :     }
    8311             : 
    8312             :     /* If possible, create append paths for fully grouped children. */
    8313         826 :     if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
    8314             :     {
    8315             :         Assert(grouped_live_children != NIL);
    8316             : 
    8317         488 :         add_paths_to_append_rel(root, grouped_rel, grouped_live_children);
    8318             :     }
    8319         826 : }
    8320             : 
    8321             : /*
    8322             :  * group_by_has_partkey
    8323             :  *
    8324             :  * Returns true if all the partition keys of the given relation are part of
    8325             :  * the GROUP BY clauses, including having matching collation, false otherwise.
    8326             :  */
    8327             : static bool
    8328         772 : group_by_has_partkey(RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    8329             :                      List *targetList,
    8330             :                      List *groupClause)
    8331             : {
    8332         772 :     List       *groupexprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(groupClause, targetList);
    8333         772 :     int         cnt = 0;
    8334             :     int         partnatts;
    8335             : 
    8336             :     /* Input relation should be partitioned. */
    8337             :     Assert(input_rel->part_scheme);
    8338             : 
    8339             :     /* Rule out early, if there are no partition keys present. */
    8340         772 :     if (!input_rel->partexprs)
    8341           0 :         return false;
    8342             : 
    8343         772 :     partnatts = input_rel->part_scheme->partnatts;
    8344             : 
    8345        1296 :     for (cnt = 0; cnt < partnatts; cnt++)
    8346             :     {
    8347         808 :         List       *partexprs = input_rel->partexprs[cnt];
    8348             :         ListCell   *lc;
    8349         808 :         bool        found = false;
    8350             : 
    8351        1206 :         foreach(lc, partexprs)
    8352             :         {
    8353             :             ListCell   *lg;
    8354         934 :             Expr       *partexpr = lfirst(lc);
    8355         934 :             Oid         partcoll = input_rel->part_scheme->partcollation[cnt];
    8356             : 
    8357        1452 :             foreach(lg, groupexprs)
    8358             :             {
    8359        1054 :                 Expr       *groupexpr = lfirst(lg);
    8360        1054 :                 Oid         groupcoll = exprCollation((Node *) groupexpr);
    8361             : 
    8362             :                 /*
    8363             :                  * Note: we can assume there is at most one RelabelType node;
    8364             :                  * eval_const_expressions() will have simplified if more than
    8365             :                  * one.
    8366             :                  */
    8367        1054 :                 if (IsA(groupexpr, RelabelType))
    8368          24 :                     groupexpr = ((RelabelType *) groupexpr)->arg;
    8369             : 
    8370        1054 :                 if (equal(groupexpr, partexpr))
    8371             :                 {
    8372             :                     /*
    8373             :                      * Reject a match if the grouping collation does not match
    8374             :                      * the partitioning collation.
    8375             :                      */
    8376         536 :                     if (OidIsValid(partcoll) && OidIsValid(groupcoll) &&
    8377             :                         partcoll != groupcoll)
    8378          12 :                         return false;
    8379             : 
    8380         524 :                     found = true;
    8381         524 :                     break;
    8382             :                 }
    8383             :             }
    8384             : 
    8385         922 :             if (found)
    8386         524 :                 break;
    8387             :         }
    8388             : 
    8389             :         /*
    8390             :          * If none of the partition key expressions match with any of the
    8391             :          * GROUP BY expression, return false.
    8392             :          */
    8393         796 :         if (!found)
    8394         272 :             return false;
    8395             :     }
    8396             : 
    8397         488 :     return true;
    8398             : }
    8399             : 
    8400             : /*
    8401             :  * generate_setop_child_grouplist
    8402             :  *      Build a SortGroupClause list defining the sort/grouping properties
    8403             :  *      of the child of a set operation.
    8404             :  *
    8405             :  * This is similar to generate_setop_grouplist() but differs as the setop
    8406             :  * child query's targetlist entries may already have a tleSortGroupRef
    8407             :  * assigned for other purposes, such as GROUP BYs.  Here we keep the
    8408             :  * SortGroupClause list in the same order as 'op' groupClauses and just adjust
    8409             :  * the tleSortGroupRef to reference the TargetEntry's 'ressortgroupref'.  If
    8410             :  * any of the columns in the targetlist don't match to the setop's colTypes
    8411             :  * then we return an empty list.  This may leave some TLEs with unreferenced
    8412             :  * ressortgroupref markings, but that's harmless.
    8413             :  */
    8414             : static List *
    8415       12786 : generate_setop_child_grouplist(SetOperationStmt *op, List *targetlist)
    8416             : {
    8417       12786 :     List       *grouplist = copyObject(op->groupClauses);
    8418             :     ListCell   *lg;
    8419             :     ListCell   *lt;
    8420             :     ListCell   *ct;
    8421             : 
    8422       12786 :     lg = list_head(grouplist);
    8423       12786 :     ct = list_head(op->colTypes);
    8424       49314 :     foreach(lt, targetlist)
    8425             :     {
    8426       36950 :         TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(lt);
    8427             :         SortGroupClause *sgc;
    8428             :         Oid         coltype;
    8429             : 
    8430             :         /* resjunk columns could have sortgrouprefs.  Leave these alone */
    8431       36950 :         if (tle->resjunk)
    8432           0 :             continue;
    8433             : 
    8434             :         /*
    8435             :          * We expect every non-resjunk target to have a SortGroupClause and
    8436             :          * colTypes.
    8437             :          */
    8438             :         Assert(lg != NULL);
    8439             :         Assert(ct != NULL);
    8440       36950 :         sgc = (SortGroupClause *) lfirst(lg);
    8441       36950 :         coltype = lfirst_oid(ct);
    8442             : 
    8443             :         /* reject if target type isn't the same as the setop target type */
    8444       36950 :         if (coltype != exprType((Node *) tle->expr))
    8445         422 :             return NIL;
    8446             : 
    8447       36528 :         lg = lnext(grouplist, lg);
    8448       36528 :         ct = lnext(op->colTypes, ct);
    8449             : 
    8450             :         /* assign a tleSortGroupRef, or reuse the existing one */
    8451       36528 :         sgc->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, targetlist);
    8452             :     }
    8453             : 
    8454             :     Assert(lg == NULL);
    8455             :     Assert(ct == NULL);
    8456             : 
    8457       12364 :     return grouplist;
    8458             : }
    8459             : 
    8460             : /*
    8461             :  * create_unique_paths
    8462             :  *    Build a new RelOptInfo containing Paths that represent elimination of
    8463             :  *    distinct rows from the input data.  Distinct-ness is defined according to
    8464             :  *    the needs of the semijoin represented by sjinfo.  If it is not possible
    8465             :  *    to identify how to make the data unique, NULL is returned.
    8466             :  *
    8467             :  * If used at all, this is likely to be called repeatedly on the same rel,
    8468             :  * so we cache the result.
    8469             :  */
    8470             : RelOptInfo *
    8471        8926 : create_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
    8472             : {
    8473             :     RelOptInfo *unique_rel;
    8474        8926 :     List       *sortPathkeys = NIL;
    8475        8926 :     List       *groupClause = NIL;
    8476             :     MemoryContext oldcontext;
    8477             : 
    8478             :     /* Caller made a mistake if SpecialJoinInfo is the wrong one */
    8479             :     Assert(sjinfo->jointype == JOIN_SEMI);
    8480             :     Assert(bms_equal(rel->relids, sjinfo->syn_righthand));
    8481             : 
    8482             :     /* If result already cached, return it */
    8483        8926 :     if (rel->unique_rel)
    8484        1836 :         return rel->unique_rel;
    8485             : 
    8486             :     /* If it's not possible to unique-ify, return NULL */
    8487        7090 :     if (!(sjinfo->semi_can_btree || sjinfo->semi_can_hash))
    8488         132 :         return NULL;
    8489             : 
    8490             :     /*
    8491             :      * Punt if this is a child relation and we failed to build a unique-ified
    8492             :      * relation for its parent.  This can happen if all the RHS columns were
    8493             :      * found to be equated to constants when unique-ifying the parent table,
    8494             :      * leaving no columns to unique-ify.
    8495             :      */
    8496        6958 :     if (IS_OTHER_REL(rel) && rel->top_parent->unique_rel == NULL)
    8497          12 :         return NULL;
    8498             : 
    8499             :     /*
    8500             :      * When called during GEQO join planning, we are in a short-lived memory
    8501             :      * context.  We must make sure that the unique rel and any subsidiary data
    8502             :      * structures created for a baserel survive the GEQO cycle, else the
    8503             :      * baserel is trashed for future GEQO cycles.  On the other hand, when we
    8504             :      * are creating those for a joinrel during GEQO, we don't want them to
    8505             :      * clutter the main planning context.  Upshot is that the best solution is
    8506             :      * to explicitly allocate memory in the same context the given RelOptInfo
    8507             :      * is in.
    8508             :      */
    8509        6946 :     oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetMemoryChunkContext(rel));
    8510             : 
    8511        6946 :     unique_rel = makeNode(RelOptInfo);
    8512        6946 :     memcpy(unique_rel, rel, sizeof(RelOptInfo));
    8513             : 
    8514             :     /*
    8515             :      * clear path info
    8516             :      */
    8517        6946 :     unique_rel->pathlist = NIL;
    8518        6946 :     unique_rel->ppilist = NIL;
    8519        6946 :     unique_rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
    8520        6946 :     unique_rel->cheapest_startup_path = NULL;
    8521        6946 :     unique_rel->cheapest_total_path = NULL;
    8522        6946 :     unique_rel->cheapest_parameterized_paths = NIL;
    8523             : 
    8524             :     /*
    8525             :      * Build the target list for the unique rel.  We also build the pathkeys
    8526             :      * that represent the ordering requirements for the sort-based
    8527             :      * implementation, and the list of SortGroupClause nodes that represent
    8528             :      * the columns to be grouped on for the hash-based implementation.
    8529             :      *
    8530             :      * For a child rel, we can construct these fields from those of its
    8531             :      * parent.
    8532             :      */
    8533        6946 :     if (IS_OTHER_REL(rel))
    8534         432 :     {
    8535             :         PathTarget *child_unique_target;
    8536             :         PathTarget *parent_unique_target;
    8537             : 
    8538         432 :         parent_unique_target = rel->top_parent->unique_rel->reltarget;
    8539             : 
    8540         432 :         child_unique_target = copy_pathtarget(parent_unique_target);
    8541             : 
    8542             :         /* Translate the target expressions */
    8543         432 :         child_unique_target->exprs = (List *)
    8544         432 :             adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    8545         432 :                                               (Node *) parent_unique_target->exprs,
    8546             :                                               rel,
    8547         432 :                                               rel->top_parent);
    8548             : 
    8549         432 :         unique_rel->reltarget = child_unique_target;
    8550             : 
    8551         432 :         sortPathkeys = rel->top_parent->unique_pathkeys;
    8552         432 :         groupClause = rel->top_parent->unique_groupclause;
    8553             :     }
    8554             :     else
    8555             :     {
    8556             :         List       *newtlist;
    8557             :         int         nextresno;
    8558        6514 :         List       *sortList = NIL;
    8559             :         ListCell   *lc1;
    8560             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    8561             : 
    8562             :         /*
    8563             :          * The values we are supposed to unique-ify may be expressions in the
    8564             :          * variables of the input rel's targetlist.  We have to add any such
    8565             :          * expressions to the unique rel's targetlist.
    8566             :          *
    8567             :          * To complicate matters, some of the values to be unique-ified may be
    8568             :          * known redundant by the EquivalenceClass machinery (e.g., because
    8569             :          * they have been equated to constants).  There is no need to compare
    8570             :          * such values during unique-ification, and indeed we had better not
    8571             :          * try because the Vars involved may not have propagated as high as
    8572             :          * the semijoin's level.  We use make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses to
    8573             :          * detect such cases, which is a tad inefficient but it doesn't seem
    8574             :          * worth building specialized infrastructure for this.
    8575             :          */
    8576        6514 :         newtlist = make_tlist_from_pathtarget(rel->reltarget);
    8577        6514 :         nextresno = list_length(newtlist) + 1;
    8578             : 
    8579       13262 :         forboth(lc1, sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs, lc2, sjinfo->semi_operators)
    8580             :         {
    8581        6748 :             Expr       *uniqexpr = lfirst(lc1);
    8582        6748 :             Oid         in_oper = lfirst_oid(lc2);
    8583             :             Oid         sortop;
    8584             :             TargetEntry *tle;
    8585        6748 :             bool        made_tle = false;
    8586             : 
    8587        6748 :             tle = tlist_member(uniqexpr, newtlist);
    8588        6748 :             if (!tle)
    8589             :             {
    8590        3268 :                 tle = makeTargetEntry(uniqexpr,
    8591             :                                       nextresno,
    8592             :                                       NULL,
    8593             :                                       false);
    8594        3268 :                 newtlist = lappend(newtlist, tle);
    8595        3268 :                 nextresno++;
    8596        3268 :                 made_tle = true;
    8597             :             }
    8598             : 
    8599             :             /*
    8600             :              * Try to build an ORDER BY list to sort the input compatibly.  We
    8601             :              * do this for each sortable clause even when the clauses are not
    8602             :              * all sortable, so that we can detect clauses that are redundant
    8603             :              * according to the pathkey machinery.
    8604             :              */
    8605        6748 :             sortop = get_ordering_op_for_equality_op(in_oper, false);
    8606        6748 :             if (OidIsValid(sortop))
    8607             :             {
    8608             :                 Oid         eqop;
    8609             :                 SortGroupClause *sortcl;
    8610             : 
    8611             :                 /*
    8612             :                  * The Unique node will need equality operators.  Normally
    8613             :                  * these are the same as the IN clause operators, but if those
    8614             :                  * are cross-type operators then the equality operators are
    8615             :                  * the ones for the IN clause operators' RHS datatype.
    8616             :                  */
    8617        6748 :                 eqop = get_equality_op_for_ordering_op(sortop, NULL);
    8618        6748 :                 if (!OidIsValid(eqop))  /* shouldn't happen */
    8619           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "could not find equality operator for ordering operator %u",
    8620             :                          sortop);
    8621             : 
    8622        6748 :                 sortcl = makeNode(SortGroupClause);
    8623        6748 :                 sortcl->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, newtlist);
    8624        6748 :                 sortcl->eqop = eqop;
    8625        6748 :                 sortcl->sortop = sortop;
    8626        6748 :                 sortcl->reverse_sort = false;
    8627        6748 :                 sortcl->nulls_first = false;
    8628        6748 :                 sortcl->hashable = false;    /* no need to make this accurate */
    8629        6748 :                 sortList = lappend(sortList, sortcl);
    8630             : 
    8631             :                 /*
    8632             :                  * At each step, convert the SortGroupClause list to pathkey
    8633             :                  * form.  If the just-added SortGroupClause is redundant, the
    8634             :                  * result will be shorter than the SortGroupClause list.
    8635             :                  */
    8636        6748 :                 sortPathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root, sortList,
    8637             :                                                              newtlist);
    8638        6748 :                 if (list_length(sortPathkeys) != list_length(sortList))
    8639             :                 {
    8640             :                     /* Drop the redundant SortGroupClause */
    8641        2052 :                     sortList = list_delete_last(sortList);
    8642             :                     Assert(list_length(sortPathkeys) == list_length(sortList));
    8643             :                     /* Undo tlist addition, if we made one */
    8644        2052 :                     if (made_tle)
    8645             :                     {
    8646          12 :                         newtlist = list_delete_last(newtlist);
    8647          12 :                         nextresno--;
    8648             :                     }
    8649             :                     /* We need not consider this clause for hashing, either */
    8650        2052 :                     continue;
    8651             :                 }
    8652             :             }
    8653           0 :             else if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree) /* shouldn't happen */
    8654           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "could not find ordering operator for equality operator %u",
    8655             :                      in_oper);
    8656             : 
    8657        4696 :             if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
    8658             :             {
    8659             :                 /* Create a GROUP BY list for the Agg node to use */
    8660             :                 Oid         eq_oper;
    8661             :                 SortGroupClause *groupcl;
    8662             : 
    8663             :                 /*
    8664             :                  * Get the hashable equality operators for the Agg node to
    8665             :                  * use. Normally these are the same as the IN clause
    8666             :                  * operators, but if those are cross-type operators then the
    8667             :                  * equality operators are the ones for the IN clause
    8668             :                  * operators' RHS datatype.
    8669             :                  */
    8670        4696 :                 if (!get_compatible_hash_operators(in_oper, NULL, &eq_oper))
    8671           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "could not find compatible hash operator for operator %u",
    8672             :                          in_oper);
    8673             : 
    8674        4696 :                 groupcl = makeNode(SortGroupClause);
    8675        4696 :                 groupcl->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, newtlist);
    8676        4696 :                 groupcl->eqop = eq_oper;
    8677        4696 :                 groupcl->sortop = sortop;
    8678        4696 :                 groupcl->reverse_sort = false;
    8679        4696 :                 groupcl->nulls_first = false;
    8680        4696 :                 groupcl->hashable = true;
    8681        4696 :                 groupClause = lappend(groupClause, groupcl);
    8682             :             }
    8683             :         }
    8684             : 
    8685             :         /*
    8686             :          * Done building the sortPathkeys and groupClause.  But the
    8687             :          * sortPathkeys are bogus if not all the clauses were sortable.
    8688             :          */
    8689        6514 :         if (!sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
    8690           0 :             sortPathkeys = NIL;
    8691             : 
    8692             :         /*
    8693             :          * It can happen that all the RHS columns are equated to constants.
    8694             :          * We'd have to do something special to unique-ify in that case, and
    8695             :          * it's such an unlikely-in-the-real-world case that it's not worth
    8696             :          * the effort.  So just punt if we found no columns to unique-ify.
    8697             :          */
    8698        6514 :         if (sortPathkeys == NIL && groupClause == NIL)
    8699             :         {
    8700        1950 :             MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    8701        1950 :             return NULL;
    8702             :         }
    8703             : 
    8704             :         /* Convert the required targetlist back to PathTarget form */
    8705        4564 :         unique_rel->reltarget = create_pathtarget(root, newtlist);
    8706             :     }
    8707             : 
    8708             :     /* build unique paths based on input rel's pathlist */
    8709        4996 :     create_final_unique_paths(root, rel, sortPathkeys, groupClause,
    8710             :                               sjinfo, unique_rel);
    8711             : 
    8712             :     /* build unique paths based on input rel's partial_pathlist */
    8713        4996 :     create_partial_unique_paths(root, rel, sortPathkeys, groupClause,
    8714             :                                 sjinfo, unique_rel);
    8715             : 
    8716             :     /* Now choose the best path(s) */
    8717        4996 :     set_cheapest(unique_rel);
    8718             : 
    8719             :     /*
    8720             :      * There shouldn't be any partial paths for the unique relation;
    8721             :      * otherwise, we won't be able to properly guarantee uniqueness.
    8722             :      */
    8723             :     Assert(unique_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL);
    8724             : 
    8725             :     /* Cache the result */
    8726        4996 :     rel->unique_rel = unique_rel;
    8727        4996 :     rel->unique_pathkeys = sortPathkeys;
    8728        4996 :     rel->unique_groupclause = groupClause;
    8729             : 
    8730        4996 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    8731             : 
    8732        4996 :     return unique_rel;
    8733             : }
    8734             : 
    8735             : /*
    8736             :  * create_final_unique_paths
    8737             :  *    Create unique paths in 'unique_rel' based on 'input_rel' pathlist
    8738             :  */
    8739             : static void
    8740        8744 : create_final_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    8741             :                           List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
    8742             :                           SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
    8743             : {
    8744        8744 :     Path       *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    8745             : 
    8746             :     /* Estimate number of output rows */
    8747        8744 :     unique_rel->rows = estimate_num_groups(root,
    8748             :                                            sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs,
    8749             :                                            cheapest_input_path->rows,
    8750             :                                            NULL,
    8751             :                                            NULL);
    8752             : 
    8753             :     /* Consider sort-based implementations, if possible. */
    8754        8744 :     if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
    8755             :     {
    8756             :         ListCell   *lc;
    8757             : 
    8758             :         /*
    8759             :          * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
    8760             :          * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
    8761             :          * with presorted keys.
    8762             :          *
    8763             :          * To save planning time, we ignore parameterized input paths unless
    8764             :          * they are the cheapest-total path.
    8765             :          */
    8766       19056 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    8767             :         {
    8768       10312 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    8769             :             Path       *path;
    8770             :             bool        is_sorted;
    8771             :             int         presorted_keys;
    8772             : 
    8773             :             /*
    8774             :              * Ignore parameterized paths that are not the cheapest-total
    8775             :              * path.
    8776             :              */
    8777       10312 :             if (input_path->param_info &&
    8778             :                 input_path != cheapest_input_path)
    8779         922 :                 continue;
    8780             : 
    8781        9440 :             is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(sortPathkeys,
    8782             :                                                     input_path->pathkeys,
    8783             :                                                     &presorted_keys);
    8784             : 
    8785             :             /*
    8786             :              * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
    8787             :              * they are the cheapest total path (no need to deal with paths
    8788             :              * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
    8789             :              */
    8790        9440 :             if (!is_sorted && input_path != cheapest_input_path &&
    8791          98 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    8792          50 :                 continue;
    8793             : 
    8794             :             /*
    8795             :              * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
    8796             :              */
    8797        9390 :             path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    8798             :                                                    unique_rel,
    8799             :                                                    input_path,
    8800        9390 :                                                    unique_rel->reltarget);
    8801             : 
    8802        9390 :             if (!is_sorted)
    8803             :             {
    8804             :                 /*
    8805             :                  * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    8806             :                  * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    8807             :                  * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    8808             :                  */
    8809        4982 :                 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    8810        4934 :                     path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    8811             :                                                      unique_rel,
    8812             :                                                      path,
    8813             :                                                      sortPathkeys,
    8814             :                                                      -1.0);
    8815             :                 else
    8816          48 :                     path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    8817             :                                                                  unique_rel,
    8818             :                                                                  path,
    8819             :                                                                  sortPathkeys,
    8820             :                                                                  presorted_keys,
    8821             :                                                                  -1.0);
    8822             :             }
    8823             : 
    8824        9390 :             path = (Path *) create_unique_path(root, unique_rel, path,
    8825             :                                                list_length(sortPathkeys),
    8826             :                                                unique_rel->rows);
    8827             : 
    8828        9390 :             add_path(unique_rel, path);
    8829             :         }
    8830             :     }
    8831             : 
    8832             :     /* Consider hash-based implementation, if possible. */
    8833        8744 :     if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
    8834             :     {
    8835             :         Path       *path;
    8836             : 
    8837             :         /*
    8838             :          * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
    8839             :          */
    8840        8744 :         path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    8841             :                                                unique_rel,
    8842             :                                                cheapest_input_path,
    8843        8744 :                                                unique_rel->reltarget);
    8844             : 
    8845        8744 :         path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
    8846             :                                         unique_rel,
    8847             :                                         path,
    8848             :                                         cheapest_input_path->pathtarget,
    8849             :                                         AGG_HASHED,
    8850             :                                         AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    8851             :                                         groupClause,
    8852             :                                         NIL,
    8853             :                                         NULL,
    8854             :                                         unique_rel->rows);
    8855             : 
    8856        8744 :         add_path(unique_rel, path);
    8857             :     }
    8858        8744 : }
    8859             : 
    8860             : /*
    8861             :  * create_partial_unique_paths
    8862             :  *    Create unique paths in 'unique_rel' based on 'input_rel' partial_pathlist
    8863             :  */
    8864             : static void
    8865        4996 : create_partial_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    8866             :                             List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
    8867             :                             SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
    8868             : {
    8869             :     RelOptInfo *partial_unique_rel;
    8870             :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    8871             : 
    8872             :     /* nothing to do when there are no partial paths in the input rel */
    8873        4996 :     if (!input_rel->consider_parallel || input_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
    8874        1248 :         return;
    8875             : 
    8876             :     /*
    8877             :      * nothing to do if there's anything in the targetlist that's
    8878             :      * parallel-restricted.
    8879             :      */
    8880        3748 :     if (!is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) unique_rel->reltarget->exprs))
    8881           0 :         return;
    8882             : 
    8883        3748 :     cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
    8884             : 
    8885        3748 :     partial_unique_rel = makeNode(RelOptInfo);
    8886        3748 :     memcpy(partial_unique_rel, input_rel, sizeof(RelOptInfo));
    8887             : 
    8888             :     /*
    8889             :      * clear path info
    8890             :      */
    8891        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->pathlist = NIL;
    8892        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->ppilist = NIL;
    8893        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
    8894        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->cheapest_startup_path = NULL;
    8895        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->cheapest_total_path = NULL;
    8896        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->cheapest_parameterized_paths = NIL;
    8897             : 
    8898             :     /* Estimate number of output rows */
    8899        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->rows = estimate_num_groups(root,
    8900             :                                                    sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs,
    8901             :                                                    cheapest_partial_path->rows,
    8902             :                                                    NULL,
    8903             :                                                    NULL);
    8904        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->reltarget = unique_rel->reltarget;
    8905             : 
    8906             :     /* Consider sort-based implementations, if possible. */
    8907        3748 :     if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
    8908             :     {
    8909             :         ListCell   *lc;
    8910             : 
    8911             :         /*
    8912             :          * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
    8913             :          * sorting the cheapest partial path and incremental sort on any paths
    8914             :          * with presorted keys.
    8915             :          */
    8916        7808 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
    8917             :         {
    8918        4060 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    8919             :             Path       *path;
    8920             :             bool        is_sorted;
    8921             :             int         presorted_keys;
    8922             : 
    8923        4060 :             is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(sortPathkeys,
    8924             :                                                     input_path->pathkeys,
    8925             :                                                     &presorted_keys);
    8926             : 
    8927             :             /*
    8928             :              * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
    8929             :              * they are the cheapest partial path (no need to deal with paths
    8930             :              * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
    8931             :              */
    8932        4060 :             if (!is_sorted && input_path != cheapest_partial_path &&
    8933           0 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    8934           0 :                 continue;
    8935             : 
    8936             :             /*
    8937             :              * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
    8938             :              */
    8939        4060 :             path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    8940             :                                                    partial_unique_rel,
    8941             :                                                    input_path,
    8942        4060 :                                                    partial_unique_rel->reltarget);
    8943             : 
    8944        4060 :             if (!is_sorted)
    8945             :             {
    8946             :                 /*
    8947             :                  * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    8948             :                  * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    8949             :                  * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    8950             :                  */
    8951        3700 :                 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    8952        3700 :                     path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    8953             :                                                      partial_unique_rel,
    8954             :                                                      path,
    8955             :                                                      sortPathkeys,
    8956             :                                                      -1.0);
    8957             :                 else
    8958           0 :                     path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    8959             :                                                                  partial_unique_rel,
    8960             :                                                                  path,
    8961             :                                                                  sortPathkeys,
    8962             :                                                                  presorted_keys,
    8963             :                                                                  -1.0);
    8964             :             }
    8965             : 
    8966        4060 :             path = (Path *) create_unique_path(root, partial_unique_rel, path,
    8967             :                                                list_length(sortPathkeys),
    8968             :                                                partial_unique_rel->rows);
    8969             : 
    8970        4060 :             add_partial_path(partial_unique_rel, path);
    8971             :         }
    8972             :     }
    8973             : 
    8974             :     /* Consider hash-based implementation, if possible. */
    8975        3748 :     if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
    8976             :     {
    8977             :         Path       *path;
    8978             : 
    8979             :         /*
    8980             :          * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
    8981             :          */
    8982        3748 :         path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    8983             :                                                partial_unique_rel,
    8984             :                                                cheapest_partial_path,
    8985        3748 :                                                partial_unique_rel->reltarget);
    8986             : 
    8987        3748 :         path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
    8988             :                                         partial_unique_rel,
    8989             :                                         path,
    8990             :                                         cheapest_partial_path->pathtarget,
    8991             :                                         AGG_HASHED,
    8992             :                                         AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    8993             :                                         groupClause,
    8994             :                                         NIL,
    8995             :                                         NULL,
    8996             :                                         partial_unique_rel->rows);
    8997             : 
    8998        3748 :         add_partial_path(partial_unique_rel, path);
    8999             :     }
    9000             : 
    9001        3748 :     if (partial_unique_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    9002             :     {
    9003        3748 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, partial_unique_rel, true);
    9004        3748 :         set_cheapest(partial_unique_rel);
    9005             : 
    9006             :         /*
    9007             :          * Finally, create paths to unique-ify the final result.  This step is
    9008             :          * needed to remove any duplicates due to combining rows from parallel
    9009             :          * workers.
    9010             :          */
    9011        3748 :         create_final_unique_paths(root, partial_unique_rel,
    9012             :                                   sortPathkeys, groupClause,
    9013             :                                   sjinfo, unique_rel);
    9014             :     }
    9015             : }
    9016             : 
    9017             : /*
    9018             :  * Choose a unique name for some subroot.
    9019             :  *
    9020             :  * Modifies glob->subplanNames to track names already used.
    9021             :  */
    9022             : char *
    9023       85398 : choose_plan_name(PlannerGlobal *glob, const char *name, bool always_number)
    9024             : {
    9025             :     unsigned    n;
    9026             : 
    9027             :     /*
    9028             :      * If a numeric suffix is not required, then search the list of
    9029             :      * previously-assigned names for a match. If none is found, then we can
    9030             :      * use the provided name without modification.
    9031             :      */
    9032       85398 :     if (!always_number)
    9033             :     {
    9034       26700 :         bool        found = false;
    9035             : 
    9036       63988 :         foreach_ptr(char, subplan_name, glob->subplanNames)
    9037             :         {
    9038       16300 :             if (strcmp(subplan_name, name) == 0)
    9039             :             {
    9040        5712 :                 found = true;
    9041        5712 :                 break;
    9042             :             }
    9043             :         }
    9044             : 
    9045       26700 :         if (!found)
    9046             :         {
    9047             :             /* pstrdup here is just to avoid cast-away-const */
    9048       20988 :             char       *chosen_name = pstrdup(name);
    9049             : 
    9050       20988 :             glob->subplanNames = lappend(glob->subplanNames, chosen_name);
    9051       20988 :             return chosen_name;
    9052             :         }
    9053             :     }
    9054             : 
    9055             :     /*
    9056             :      * If a numeric suffix is required or if the un-suffixed name is already
    9057             :      * in use, then loop until we find a positive integer that produces a
    9058             :      * novel name.
    9059             :      */
    9060       64410 :     for (n = 1; true; ++n)
    9061       55434 :     {
    9062      119844 :         char       *proposed_name = psprintf("%s_%u", name, n);
    9063      119844 :         bool        found = false;
    9064             : 
    9065      457176 :         foreach_ptr(char, subplan_name, glob->subplanNames)
    9066             :         {
    9067      272922 :             if (strcmp(subplan_name, proposed_name) == 0)
    9068             :             {
    9069       55434 :                 found = true;
    9070       55434 :                 break;
    9071             :             }
    9072             :         }
    9073             : 
    9074      119844 :         if (!found)
    9075             :         {
    9076       64410 :             glob->subplanNames = lappend(glob->subplanNames, proposed_name);
    9077       64410 :             return proposed_name;
    9078             :         }
    9079             : 
    9080       55434 :         pfree(proposed_name);
    9081             :     }
    9082             : }

Generated by: LCOV version 1.16